diff --git a/.travis.yml b/.travis.yml index 52940cfd1..b3b96f212 100644 --- a/.travis.yml +++ b/.travis.yml @@ -113,7 +113,8 @@ script: - opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 - opt_enable AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE G26_MESH_EDITING ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT SKEW_CORRECTION - opt_enable EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - - opt_enable_adv CUSTOM_USER_MENUS I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY LIN_ADVANCE NANODLP_Z_SYNC QUICK_HOME JUNCTION_DEVIATION + - opt_enable_adv CUSTOM_USER_MENUS I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY LIN_ADVANCE NANODLP_Z_SYNC QUICK_HOME JUNCTION_DEVIATION MAX7219_DEBUG + - opt_set_adv MAX7219_ROTATE 270 - build_marlin # # Add a Sled Z Probe, use UBL Cartesian moves, use Japanese language diff --git a/Marlin/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/Conditionals_LCD.h index a796e2466..7d8dabb31 100644 --- a/Marlin/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ b/Marlin/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -439,10 +439,20 @@ */ #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) && E_STEPPERS > 1 #define XYZE_N (XYZ + E_STEPPERS) + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define NUM_AXIS_N (ABCD + E_STEPPERS) + #else + #define NUM_AXIS_N (XYZ + E_STEPPERS) + #endif #define E_AXIS_N (E_AXIS + extruder) #else #undef DISTINCT_E_FACTORS #define XYZE_N XYZE + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define NUM_AXIS_N ABCDE + #else + #define NUM_AXIS_N XYZE + #endif #define E_AXIS_N E_AXIS #endif diff --git a/Marlin/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/Conditionals_post.h index 26b243717..3707d7741 100644 --- a/Marlin/Conditionals_post.h +++ b/Marlin/Conditionals_post.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #define CONDITIONALS_POST_H #define IS_SCARA (ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) || ENABLED(MAKERARM_SCARA)) -#define IS_KINEMATIC (ENABLED(DELTA) || IS_SCARA) +#define IS_KINEMATIC (ENABLED(DELTA) || IS_SCARA || ENABLED(HANGPRINTER)) #define IS_CARTESIAN !IS_KINEMATIC /** @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ #define Y_BED_SIZE Y_MAX_LENGTH #endif -// Require 0,0 bed center for Delta and SCARA +// Require 0,0 bed center for Delta, SCARA, and HANGPRINTER #if IS_KINEMATIC #define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 #endif @@ -68,6 +68,18 @@ #define Y_MIN_BED (Y_CENTER - (Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) #define Y_MAX_BED (Y_CENTER + (Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) +/** + * Dual X Carriage + */ +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #ifndef X1_MIN_POS + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS + #endif + #ifndef X1_MAX_POS + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE + #endif +#endif + /** * CoreXY, CoreXZ, and CoreYZ - and their reverse */ @@ -117,7 +129,7 @@ #ifdef MANUAL_X_HOME_POS #define X_HOME_POS MANUAL_X_HOME_POS #elif ENABLED(BED_CENTER_AT_0_0) - #if ENABLED(DELTA) + #if ENABLED(DELTA) || ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) #define X_HOME_POS 0 #else #define X_HOME_POS ((X_BED_SIZE) * (X_HOME_DIR) * 0.5) @@ -133,7 +145,7 @@ #ifdef MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS #define Y_HOME_POS MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS #elif ENABLED(BED_CENTER_AT_0_0) - #if ENABLED(DELTA) + #if (ENABLED(DELTA) || ENABLED(HANGPRINTER)) #define Y_HOME_POS 0 #else #define Y_HOME_POS ((Y_BED_SIZE) * (Y_HOME_DIR) * 0.5) @@ -409,17 +421,17 @@ #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560) #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 15000 #elif HAS_DRIVER(TB6600) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 1500 + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 1500 #elif HAS_DRIVER(DRV8825) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 500 + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 500 #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 200 - #elif HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 20 + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 200 + #elif HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 20 #else - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 0 // Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 200 // Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire #endif #endif @@ -427,33 +439,33 @@ #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560) #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 30 #elif HAS_DRIVER(TB6600) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 3 + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 3 #elif HAS_DRIVER(DRV8825) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) || HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 1 - #elif HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 1 + #elif HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 #else - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 1 #endif #endif #ifndef MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560) - #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 15000 + #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 15000 #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 130000 #elif HAS_DRIVER(TB6600) #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 150000 #elif HAS_DRIVER(DRV8825) #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - #elif HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) + #elif HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 400000 #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 500000 #else - #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 500000 #endif #endif @@ -717,11 +729,33 @@ #define HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS1)) #define HAS_SOLENOID_4 (PIN_EXISTS(SOL4)) +#if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define HAS_A_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(A_ENABLE)) + #define HAS_A_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(A_DIR)) + #define HAS_A_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(A_STEP)) + #define HAS_A_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(A_MS1)) + + #define HAS_B_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(B_ENABLE)) + #define HAS_B_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(B_DIR)) + #define HAS_B_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(B_STEP)) + #define HAS_B_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(B_MS1)) + + #define HAS_C_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(C_ENABLE)) + #define HAS_C_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(C_DIR)) + #define HAS_C_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(C_STEP)) + #define HAS_C_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(C_MS1)) + + #define HAS_D_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(D_ENABLE)) + #define HAS_D_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(D_DIR)) + #define HAS_D_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(D_STEP)) + #define HAS_D_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(D_MS1)) +#endif + // Trinamic Stepper Drivers #define HAS_STEALTHCHOP (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)) -#define HAS_STALLGUARD (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660)) +#define HAS_STALLGUARD HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) #define AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(ST) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2208) ) -#define AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(ST) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2660) ) +#define AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(ST) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2130) #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) // Disable Z axis sensorless homing if a probe is used to home the Z axis @@ -1367,4 +1401,17 @@ #define HAS_FOLDER_SORTING (FOLDER_SORTING || ENABLED(SDSORT_GCODE)) #endif +/** + * MOV_AXIS: number of independent axes driving the tool head's translational movement + * NUM_AXIS: number of movement axes + 1 + * NUM_AXIS_N: number of movement axes + number of extruders (defined elsewhere) + */ +#if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define MOV_AXIS ABCD + #define NUM_AXIS ABCDE +#else + #define MOV_AXIS XYZ + #define NUM_AXIS XYZE +#endif + #endif // CONDITIONALS_POST_H diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration.h b/Marlin/Configuration.h index 7f284bc9f..827d0c7d7 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration.h @@ -71,6 +71,13 @@ // example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine. // +//=========================================================================== +//============================= HANGPRINTER ================================= +//=========================================================================== +// For a Hangprinter start with the configuration file in the +// example_configurations/hangprinter directory and customize for your machine. +// + // @section info // User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during @@ -203,11 +210,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -532,9 +539,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -1913,9 +1923,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h index faee0a483..265538fa0 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position diff --git a/Marlin/G26_Mesh_Validation_Tool.cpp b/Marlin/G26_Mesh_Validation_Tool.cpp index 8a3f951c8..1d902f8dc 100644 --- a/Marlin/G26_Mesh_Validation_Tool.cpp +++ b/Marlin/G26_Mesh_Validation_Tool.cpp @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ destination[X_AXIS] = current_position[X_AXIS]; destination[Y_AXIS] = current_position[Y_AXIS]; destination[Z_AXIS] = z; // We know the last_z==z or we wouldn't be in this block of code. - destination[E_AXIS] = current_position[E_AXIS]; + destination[E_CART] = current_position[E_CART]; G26_line_to_destination(feed_value); set_destination_from_current(); @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ destination[X_AXIS] = rx; destination[Y_AXIS] = ry; - destination[E_AXIS] += e_delta; + destination[E_CART] += e_delta; G26_line_to_destination(feed_value); set_destination_from_current(); @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ while (!is_lcd_clicked()) { lcd_chirp(); - destination[E_AXIS] += 0.25; + destination[E_CART] += 0.25; #ifdef PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE Total_Prime += 0.25; if (Total_Prime >= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH) return G26_ERR; @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ lcd_quick_feedback(true); #endif set_destination_from_current(); - destination[E_AXIS] += g26_prime_length; + destination[E_CART] += g26_prime_length; G26_line_to_destination(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] / 15.0); set_destination_from_current(); retract_filament(destination); @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ if (turn_on_heaters() != G26_OK) goto LEAVE; - current_position[E_AXIS] = 0.0; + current_position[E_CART] = 0.0; sync_plan_position_e(); if (g26_prime_flag && prime_nozzle() != G26_OK) goto LEAVE; @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ const float endpoint[XYZE] = { ex, ey, g26_layer_height, - current_position[E_AXIS] + (arc_length * g26_e_axis_feedrate * g26_extrusion_multiplier) + current_position[E_CART] + (arc_length * g26_e_axis_feedrate * g26_extrusion_multiplier) }; if (dist_start > 2.0) { diff --git a/Marlin/HAL.h b/Marlin/HAL.h index e9dd09c17..d5f79cd0f 100644 --- a/Marlin/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/HAL.h @@ -152,8 +152,6 @@ FORCE_INLINE void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t freque #define _CAT(a, ...) a ## __VA_ARGS__ #define HAL_timer_set_compare(timer, compare) (_CAT(TIMER_OCR_, timer) = compare) -#define HAL_timer_restrain(timer, interval_ticks) NOLESS(_CAT(TIMER_OCR_, timer), _CAT(TIMER_COUNTER_, timer) + interval_ticks) - #define HAL_timer_get_compare(timer) _CAT(TIMER_OCR_, timer) #define HAL_timer_get_count(timer) _CAT(TIMER_COUNTER_, timer) diff --git a/Marlin/Makefile b/Marlin/Makefile index dfa65b760..68fd055ab 100644 --- a/Marlin/Makefile +++ b/Marlin/Makefile @@ -530,9 +530,8 @@ CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 CXXSTANDARD = -std=gnu++11 CDEBUG = -g$(DEBUG) CWARN = -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -CTUNING = -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -fpack-struct \ - -fshort-enums -w -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections \ - -flto \ +CTUNING = -w -fsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -fpack-struct \ + -fshort-enums -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -flto \ -DARDUINO=$(ARDUINO_VERSION) ifneq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),) CTUNING += -DMOTHERBOARD=${HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD} diff --git a/Marlin/Marlin.h b/Marlin/Marlin.h index ef1a0cc9e..46037b845 100644 --- a/Marlin/Marlin.h +++ b/Marlin/Marlin.h @@ -96,7 +96,10 @@ extern const char axis_codes[XYZE]; /** * Mixing steppers synchronize their enable (and direction) together */ - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 + #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 + #define enable_E0() { E0_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON); E1_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON); E2_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON); E3_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON); E4_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON); } + #define disable_E0() { E0_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON); E1_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON); E2_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON); E3_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON); E4_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON); } + #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 #define enable_E0() { E0_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON); E1_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON); E2_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON); E3_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON); } #define disable_E0() { E0_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON); E1_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON); E2_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON); E3_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON); } #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 @@ -159,6 +162,42 @@ extern const char axis_codes[XYZE]; #endif // !MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + + #define enable_A() enable_X() + #define enable_B() enable_Y() + #define enable_C() enable_Z() + #define __D_ENABLE(p) E##p##_ENABLE_WRITE(E_ENABLE_ON) + #define _D_ENABLE(p) __D_ENABLE(p) + #define enable_D() _D_ENABLE(EXTRUDERS) + + // Don't allow any axes to be disabled + #undef disable_X + #undef disable_Y + #undef disable_Z + #define disable_X() NOOP + #define disable_Y() NOOP + #define disable_Z() NOOP + + #if EXTRUDERS >= 1 + #undef disable_E1 + #define disable_E1() NOOP + #if EXTRUDERS >= 2 + #undef disable_E2 + #define disable_E2() NOOP + #if EXTRUDERS >= 3 + #undef disable_E3 + #define disable_E3() NOOP + #if EXTRUDERS >= 4 + #undef disable_E4 + #define disable_E4() NOOP + #endif // EXTRUDERS >= 4 + #endif // EXTRUDERS >= 3 + #endif // EXTRUDERS >= 2 + #endif // EXTRUDERS >= 1 + +#endif // HANGPRINTER + #if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) extern bool G38_move, // flag to tell the interrupt handler that a G38 command is being run G38_endstop_hit; // flag from the interrupt handler to indicate if the endstop went active @@ -301,12 +340,16 @@ extern float soft_endstop_min[XYZ], soft_endstop_max[XYZ]; void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s=0.0, bool no_move=false); -void home_all_axes(); +void home_all_axes(); void report_current_position(); #if IS_KINEMATIC - extern float delta[ABC]; + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + extern float line_lengths[ABCD]; + #else + extern float delta[ABC]; + #endif void inverse_kinematics(const float raw[XYZ]); #endif @@ -339,6 +382,51 @@ void report_current_position(); delta[C_AXIS] = DELTA_Z(V, C_AXIS); \ }while(0) +#elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + + // Don't collect anchor positions in array because there are no A_x, D_x or D_y + extern float anchor_A_y, + anchor_A_z, + anchor_B_x, + anchor_B_y, + anchor_B_z, + anchor_C_x, + anchor_C_y, + anchor_C_z, + anchor_D_z, + delta_segments_per_second, + line_lengths_origin[ABCD]; + + void recalc_hangprinter_settings(); + + #define HANGPRINTER_IK(V) do { \ + line_lengths[A_AXIS] = SQRT(sq(anchor_A_z - V[Z_AXIS]) \ + + sq(anchor_A_y - V[Y_AXIS]) \ + + sq( V[X_AXIS])); \ + line_lengths[B_AXIS] = SQRT(sq(anchor_B_z - V[Z_AXIS]) \ + + sq(anchor_B_y - V[Y_AXIS]) \ + + sq(anchor_B_x - V[X_AXIS])); \ + line_lengths[C_AXIS] = SQRT(sq(anchor_C_z - V[Z_AXIS]) \ + + sq(anchor_C_y - V[Y_AXIS]) \ + + sq(anchor_C_x - V[X_AXIS])); \ + line_lengths[D_AXIS] = SQRT(sq( V[X_AXIS]) \ + + sq( V[Y_AXIS]) \ + + sq(anchor_D_z - V[Z_AXIS])); \ + }while(0) + + // Inverse kinematics at origin + #define HANGPRINTER_IK_ORIGIN(LL) do { \ + LL[A_AXIS] = SQRT(sq(anchor_A_z) \ + + sq(anchor_A_y)); \ + LL[B_AXIS] = SQRT(sq(anchor_B_z) \ + + sq(anchor_B_y) \ + + sq(anchor_B_x)); \ + LL[C_AXIS] = SQRT(sq(anchor_C_z) \ + + sq(anchor_C_y) \ + + sq(anchor_C_x)); \ + LL[D_AXIS] = anchor_D_z; \ + }while(0) + #elif IS_SCARA void forward_kinematics_SCARA(const float &a, const float &b); #endif @@ -503,6 +591,9 @@ void do_blocking_move_to_xy(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float &fr_mm inline bool position_is_reachable(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float inset=0) { #if ENABLED(DELTA) return HYPOT2(rx, ry) <= sq(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - inset); + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + // TODO: This is over simplified. Hangprinter's build volume is _not_ cylindrical. + return HYPOT2(rx, ry) <= sq(HANGPRINTER_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - inset); #elif IS_SCARA const float R2 = HYPOT2(rx - SCARA_OFFSET_X, ry - SCARA_OFFSET_Y); return ( diff --git a/Marlin/Marlin.ino b/Marlin/Marlin.ino index 1491c4efd..e18a07b8c 100644 --- a/Marlin/Marlin.ino +++ b/Marlin/Marlin.ino @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ ================================================================================ -Greetings! Thank you for choosing Marlin 2 as your 3D printer firmware. +Greetings! Thank you for choosing Marlin as your 3D printer firmware. To configure Marlin you must edit Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h located in the root 'Marlin' folder. Check the example_configurations folder to diff --git a/Marlin/MarlinConfig.h b/Marlin/MarlinConfig.h index 5b049a387..e1988fe63 100644 --- a/Marlin/MarlinConfig.h +++ b/Marlin/MarlinConfig.h @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ #include "boards.h" #include "macros.h" -#include "drivers.h" #include "Version.h" #include "Configuration.h" #include "Conditionals_LCD.h" +#include "drivers.h" #include "Configuration_adv.h" #if USE_MARLINSERIAL diff --git a/Marlin/Marlin_main.cpp b/Marlin/Marlin_main.cpp index e0f1708b9..490594233 100644 --- a/Marlin/Marlin_main.cpp +++ b/Marlin/Marlin_main.cpp @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ * G3 - CCW ARC * G4 - Dwell S or P * G5 - Cubic B-spline with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets + * G6 - Direct stepper move (Requires UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT). Hangprinter defaults to relative moves. Others default to absolute moves. * G10 - Retract filament according to settings of M207 (Requires FWRETRACT) * G11 - Retract recover filament according to settings of M208 (Requires FWRETRACT) * G12 - Clean tool (Requires NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) @@ -72,6 +73,8 @@ * G90 - Use Absolute Coordinates * G91 - Use Relative Coordinates * G92 - Set current position to coordinates given + * G95 - Set torque mode (Requires MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS enabled) + * G96 - Set encoder reference point (Requires MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS enabled) * * "M" Codes * @@ -130,6 +133,7 @@ * M112 - Emergency stop. * M113 - Get or set the timeout interval for Host Keepalive "busy" messages. (Requires HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) * M114 - Report current position. + * - S1 Compute length traveled since last G96 using encoder position data (Requires MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS, only kinematic axes) * M115 - Report capabilities. (Extended capabilities requires EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) * M117 - Display a message on the controller screen. (Requires an LCD) * M118 - Display a message in the host console. @@ -148,8 +152,8 @@ * M150 - Set Status LED Color as R U B P. Values 0-255. (Requires BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, NEOPIXEL_LED, or PCA9632). * M155 - Auto-report temperatures with interval of S. (Requires AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) * M163 - Set a single proportion for a mixing extruder. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER) - * M164 - Save the mix as a virtual extruder. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER and MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS) - * M165 - Set the proportions for a mixing extruder. Use parameters ABCDHI to set the mixing factors. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER) + * M164 - Commit the mix (Req. MIXING_EXTRUDER) and optionally save as a virtual tool (Req. MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 1) + * M165 - Set the mix for a mixing extruder wuth parameters ABCDHI. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER and DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1) * M190 - Sxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits only when heating! ** * Rxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits for heating or cooling. ** * M200 - Set filament diameter, D, setting E axis units to cubic. (Use S0 to revert to linear units.) @@ -159,7 +163,7 @@ * M204 - Set default acceleration in units/sec^2: P R T * M205 - Set advanced settings. Current units apply: S T minimum speeds - B + Q X, Y, Z, E * M206 - Set additional homing offset. (Disabled by NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS or DELTA) * M207 - Set Retract Length: S, Feedrate: F, and Z lift: Z. (Requires FWRETRACT) @@ -206,7 +210,8 @@ * M600 - Pause for filament change: "M600 X Y Z E L". (Requires ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) * M603 - Configure filament change: "M603 T U L". (Requires ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) * M605 - Set Dual X-Carriage movement mode: "M605 S [X] [R]". (Requires DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - * M665 - Set delta configurations: "M665 H L R S B X Y Z (Requires DELTA) + * M665 - Set Delta configurations: "M665 H L R S B X Y Z (Requires DELTA) + * M665 - Set Hangprinter configurations: "M665 W E R T Y U I O P S" (Requires HANGPRINTER) * M666 - Set/get endstop offsets for delta (Requires DELTA) or dual endstops (Requires [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS). * M701 - Load filament (requires FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) * M702 - Unload filament (requires FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) @@ -437,12 +442,17 @@ static const char *injected_commands_P = NULL; * but the planner and stepper like mm/s units. */ static const float homing_feedrate_mm_s[] PROGMEM = { - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z), MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z), + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + MMM_TO_MMS(DUMMY_HOMING_FEEDRATE), MMM_TO_MMS(DUMMY_HOMING_FEEDRATE), + MMM_TO_MMS(DUMMY_HOMING_FEEDRATE), MMM_TO_MMS(DUMMY_HOMING_FEEDRATE), 0 #else - MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY), MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY), + #if ENABLED(DELTA) + MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z), MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z), + #else + MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY), MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY), + #endif + MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z), 0 #endif - MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z), 0 }; FORCE_INLINE float homing_feedrate(const AxisEnum a) { return pgm_read_float(&homing_feedrate_mm_s[a]); } @@ -515,6 +525,13 @@ volatile bool wait_for_heatup = true; const char axis_codes[XYZE] = { 'X', 'Y', 'Z', 'E' }; +#if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + const char axis_codes_hangprinter[ABCDE] = { 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E' }; + #define RAW_AXIS_CODES(I) axis_codes_hangprinter[I] +#else + #define RAW_AXIS_CODES(I) axis_codes[I] +#endif + // Number of characters read in the current line of serial input static int serial_count; // = 0; @@ -617,6 +634,21 @@ uint8_t target_extruder; float delta_safe_distance_from_top(); +#elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + + float anchor_A_y, + anchor_A_z, + anchor_B_x, + anchor_B_y, + anchor_B_z, + anchor_C_x, + anchor_C_y, + anchor_C_z, + anchor_D_z, + line_lengths[ABCD], + line_lengths_origin[ABCD], + delta_segments_per_second; + #endif #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) @@ -769,14 +801,18 @@ void report_current_position_detail(); * * Set the planner/stepper positions directly from current_position with * no kinematic translation. Used for homing axes and cartesian/core syncing. + * + * This is not possible for Hangprinter because current_position and position are different sizes */ void sync_plan_position() { - #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("sync_plan_position", current_position); + #if DISABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("sync_plan_position", current_position); + #endif + planner.set_position_mm(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_CART]); #endif - planner.set_position_mm(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS]); } -void sync_plan_position_e() { planner.set_e_position_mm(current_position[E_AXIS]); } +void sync_plan_position_e() { planner.set_e_position_mm(current_position[E_CART]); } #if IS_KINEMATIC inline void sync_plan_position_kinematic() { @@ -798,10 +834,10 @@ extern "C" { int freeMemory() { int free_memory; - if ((int)__brkval == 0) - free_memory = ((int)&free_memory) - ((int)&__bss_end); + if (int(__brkval) == 0) + free_memory = (int(&free_memory)) - (int(&__bss_end)); else - free_memory = ((int)&free_memory) - ((int)__brkval); + free_memory = (int(&free_memory)) - (int(__brkval)); return free_memory; } } @@ -1039,44 +1075,40 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() { gcode_N = strtol(npos + 1, NULL, 10); - if (gcode_N != gcode_LastN + 1 && !M110) { - gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_LINE_NO)); - return; - } + if (gcode_N != gcode_LastN + 1 && !M110) + return gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_LINE_NO)); char *apos = strrchr(command, '*'); if (apos) { uint8_t checksum = 0, count = uint8_t(apos - command); while (count) checksum ^= command[--count]; - if (strtol(apos + 1, NULL, 10) != checksum) { - gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_CHECKSUM_MISMATCH)); - return; - } - } - else { - gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_NO_CHECKSUM)); - return; + if (strtol(apos + 1, NULL, 10) != checksum) + return gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_CHECKSUM_MISMATCH)); } + else + return gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_NO_CHECKSUM)); gcode_LastN = gcode_N; } #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - else if (card.saving) { - gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_NO_CHECKSUM)); - return; - } + else if (card.saving && strcmp(command, "M29") != 0) // No line number with M29 in Pronterface + return gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_NO_CHECKSUM)); #endif // Movement commands alert when stopped if (IsStopped()) { char* gpos = strchr(command, 'G'); if (gpos) { - const int codenum = strtol(gpos + 1, NULL, 10); - switch (codenum) { + switch (strtol(gpos + 1, NULL, 10)) { case 0: case 1: - case 2: - case 3: + #if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + case 2: + case 3: + #endif + #if ENABLED(BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT) + case 5: + #endif SERIAL_ERRORLNPGM(MSG_ERR_STOPPED); LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_STOPPED); break; @@ -1329,7 +1361,7 @@ bool get_target_extruder_from_command(const uint16_t code) { if (axis == X_AXIS) { // In Dual X mode hotend_offset[X] is T1's home position - float dual_max_x = MAX(hotend_offset[X_AXIS][1], X2_MAX_POS); + const float dual_max_x = MAX(hotend_offset[X_AXIS][1], X2_MAX_POS); if (active_extruder != 0) { // T1 can move from X2_MIN_POS to X2_MAX_POS or X2 home position (whichever is larger) @@ -1553,9 +1585,13 @@ inline float get_homing_bump_feedrate(const AxisEnum axis) { /** * Move the planner to the current position from wherever it last moved * (or from wherever it has been told it is located). + * + * Impossible on Hangprinter because current_position and position are of different sizes */ inline void buffer_line_to_current_position() { - planner.buffer_line(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS], feedrate_mm_s, active_extruder); + #if DISABLED(HANGPRINTER) // emptying this function probably breaks do_blocking_move_to() + planner.buffer_line(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_CART], feedrate_mm_s, active_extruder); + #endif } /** @@ -1563,7 +1599,11 @@ inline void buffer_line_to_current_position() { * used by G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 and many other functions to set a destination. */ inline void buffer_line_to_destination(const float &fr_mm_s) { - planner.buffer_line(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], destination[E_AXIS], fr_mm_s, active_extruder); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + UNUSED(fr_mm_s); + #else + planner.buffer_line(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], destination[E_CART], fr_mm_s, active_extruder); + #endif } #if IS_KINEMATIC @@ -1582,7 +1622,7 @@ inline void buffer_line_to_destination(const float &fr_mm_s) { if ( current_position[X_AXIS] == destination[X_AXIS] && current_position[Y_AXIS] == destination[Y_AXIS] && current_position[Z_AXIS] == destination[Z_AXIS] - && current_position[E_AXIS] == destination[E_AXIS] + && current_position[E_CART] == destination[E_CART] ) return; planner.buffer_line_kinematic(destination, MMS_SCALED(fr_mm_s ? fr_mm_s : feedrate_mm_s), active_extruder); @@ -2481,6 +2521,8 @@ void clean_up_after_endstop_or_probe_move() { if (can_change && enable != planner.leveling_active) { + planner.synchronize(); + #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) if (!enable) @@ -2618,7 +2660,7 @@ void clean_up_after_endstop_or_probe_move() { for (uint8_t x = 0; x < sx; x++) { for (uint8_t i = 0; i < precision + 2 + (x < 10 ? 1 : 0); i++) SERIAL_PROTOCOLCHAR(' '); - SERIAL_PROTOCOL((int)x); + SERIAL_PROTOCOL(int(x)); } SERIAL_EOL(); #endif @@ -2630,14 +2672,14 @@ void clean_up_after_endstop_or_probe_move() { SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" ["); // open sub-array #else if (y < 10) SERIAL_PROTOCOLCHAR(' '); - SERIAL_PROTOCOL((int)y); + SERIAL_PROTOCOL(int(y)); #endif for (uint8_t x = 0; x < sx; x++) { SERIAL_PROTOCOLCHAR(' '); const float offset = fn(x, y); if (!isnan(offset)) { if (offset >= 0) SERIAL_PROTOCOLCHAR('+'); - SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(offset, precision); + SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(offset, int(precision)); } else { #ifdef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT @@ -2678,11 +2720,11 @@ void clean_up_after_endstop_or_probe_move() { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Extrapolate ["); if (x < 10) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHO((int)x); + SERIAL_ECHO(int(x)); SERIAL_CHAR(xdir ? (xdir > 0 ? '+' : '-') : ' '); SERIAL_CHAR(' '); if (y < 10) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHO((int)y); + SERIAL_ECHO(int(y)); SERIAL_CHAR(ydir ? (ydir > 0 ? '+' : '-') : ' '); SERIAL_CHAR(']'); } @@ -2985,11 +3027,16 @@ static void do_homing_move(const AxisEnum axis, const float distance, const floa SYNC_PLAN_POSITION_KINEMATIC(); current_position[axis] = distance; inverse_kinematics(current_position); - planner.buffer_line(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS], fr_mm_s ? fr_mm_s : homing_feedrate(axis), active_extruder); + planner.buffer_line(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], current_position[E_CART], fr_mm_s ? fr_mm_s : homing_feedrate(axis), active_extruder); + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) // TODO: Hangprinter homing is not finished (Jan 7, 2018) + SYNC_PLAN_POSITION_KINEMATIC(); + current_position[axis] = distance; + inverse_kinematics(current_position); + planner.buffer_line(line_lengths[A_AXIS], line_lengths[B_AXIS], line_lengths[C_AXIS], line_lengths[D_AXIS], current_position[E_CART], fr_mm_s ? fr_mm_s : homing_feedrate(axis), active_extruder); #else sync_plan_position(); current_position[axis] = distance; // Set delta/cartesian axes directly - planner.buffer_line(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS], fr_mm_s ? fr_mm_s : homing_feedrate(axis), active_extruder); + planner.buffer_line(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_CART], fr_mm_s ? fr_mm_s : homing_feedrate(axis), active_extruder); #endif planner.synchronize(); @@ -3229,11 +3276,12 @@ static void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { void normalize_mix() { float mix_total = 0.0; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MIXING_STEPPERS; i++) mix_total += RECIPROCAL(mixing_factor[i]); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MIXING_STEPPERS; i++) mix_total += mixing_factor[i]; // Scale all values if they don't add up to ~1.0 if (!NEAR(mix_total, 1.0)) { SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM("Warning: Mix factors must add up to 1.0. Scaling."); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MIXING_STEPPERS; i++) mixing_factor[i] *= mix_total; + const float inverse_sum = RECIPROCAL(mix_total); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MIXING_STEPPERS; i++) mixing_factor[i] *= inverse_sum; } } @@ -3242,14 +3290,25 @@ static void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { // The total "must" be 1.0 (but it will be normalized) // If no mix factors are given, the old mix is preserved void gcode_get_mix() { - const char* mixing_codes = "ABCDHI"; + const char mixing_codes[] = { 'A', 'B' + #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 + , 'C' + #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 + , 'D' + #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 + , 'H' + #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 + , 'I' + #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 + #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 + #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 + #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 + }; byte mix_bits = 0; for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MIXING_STEPPERS; i++) { if (parser.seenval(mixing_codes[i])) { SBI(mix_bits, i); - float v = parser.value_float(); - NOLESS(v, 0.0); - mixing_factor[i] = RECIPROCAL(v); + mixing_factor[i] = MAX(parser.value_float(), 0.0); } } // If any mixing factors were included, clear the rest @@ -3283,7 +3342,7 @@ void gcode_get_destination() { const float v = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)i); destination[i] = (axis_relative_modes[i] || relative_mode) ? current_position[i] + v - : (i == E_AXIS) ? v : LOGICAL_TO_NATIVE(v, i); + : (i == E_CART) ? v : LOGICAL_TO_NATIVE(v, i); } else destination[i] = current_position[i]; @@ -3294,7 +3353,7 @@ void gcode_get_destination() { #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) - print_job_timer.incFilamentUsed(destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]); + print_job_timer.incFilamentUsed(destination[E_CART] - current_position[E_CART]); #endif // Get ABCDHI mixing factors @@ -3362,10 +3421,10 @@ inline void gcode_G0_G1( if (MIN_AUTORETRACT <= MAX_AUTORETRACT) { // When M209 Autoretract is enabled, convert E-only moves to firmware retract/prime moves if (fwretract.autoretract_enabled && parser.seen('E') && !(parser.seen('X') || parser.seen('Y') || parser.seen('Z'))) { - const float echange = destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]; + const float echange = destination[E_CART] - current_position[E_CART]; // Is this a retract or prime move? if (WITHIN(ABS(echange), MIN_AUTORETRACT, MAX_AUTORETRACT) && fwretract.retracted[active_extruder] == (echange > 0.0)) { - current_position[E_AXIS] = destination[E_AXIS]; // Hide a G1-based retract/prime from calculations + current_position[E_CART] = destination[E_CART]; // Hide a G1-based retract/prime from calculations sync_plan_position_e(); // AND from the planner return fwretract.retract(echange < 0.0); // Firmware-based retract/prime (double-retract ignored) } @@ -3553,6 +3612,74 @@ inline void gcode_G4() { #endif // BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT +#if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + + /** + * G6 implementation for Hangprinter based on + * http://reprap.org/wiki/GCodes#G6:_Direct_Stepper_Move + * Accessed Jan 8, 2018 + * + * G6 is used frequently to tighten lines with Hangprinter, so Hangprinter default is relative moves. + * Hangprinter uses switches + * S1 for absolute moves + * S2 for saving recording new line length after unregistered move + * (typically used while tuning LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE parameters) + */ + + /** + * G6: Direct Stepper Move + */ + inline void gcode_G6() { + bool count_it = false; + #if ENABLED(NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING) + if (axis_unhomed_error()) return; + #endif + if (IsRunning()) { + float go[MOV_AXIS] = { 0.0 }, + tmp_fr_mm_s = 0.0; + + LOOP_MOV_AXIS(i) + if (parser.seen(RAW_AXIS_CODES(i))) + go[i] = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)i); + + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define GO_SRC line_lengths + #elif ENABLED(DELTA) + #define GO_SRC delta + #else + #define GO_SRC current_position + #endif + + if ( + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) // Sending R to another machine is the same as not sending S1 to Hangprinter + parser.byteval('S') != 2 + #else + parser.seen('R') + #endif + ) + LOOP_MOV_AXIS(i) go[i] += GO_SRC[i]; + else + LOOP_MOV_AXIS(i) if (!parser.seen(RAW_AXIS_CODES(i))) go[i] += GO_SRC[i]; + + tmp_fr_mm_s = parser.linearval('F') > 0.0 ? MMM_TO_MMS(parser.value_feedrate()) : feedrate_mm_s; + + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + if (parser.byteval('S') == 2) { + LOOP_MOV_AXIS(i) line_lengths[i] = go[i]; + count_it = true; + } + #endif + + planner.buffer_segment(go[A_AXIS], go[B_AXIS], go[C_AXIS] + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + , go[D_AXIS] + #endif + , current_position[E_CART], tmp_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, 0.0, count_it + ); + } + } +#endif + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) /** @@ -3965,7 +4092,15 @@ inline void gcode_G4() { #endif } -#endif // DELTA +#elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + /** + * A hangprinter cannot home itself + */ + inline void home_hangprinter() { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Warning: G28 is not implemented for Hangprinter."); + } + +#endif #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING void move_z_after_probing() { @@ -4143,7 +4278,12 @@ inline void gcode_G28(const bool always_home_all) { home_delta(); UNUSED(always_home_all); - #else // NOT DELTA + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + + home_hangprinter(); + UNUSED(always_home_all); + + #else // NOT Delta or Hangprinter const bool homeX = always_home_all || parser.seen('X'), homeY = always_home_all || parser.seen('Y'), @@ -4831,10 +4971,10 @@ void home_all_axes() { gcode_G28(true); } xy_probe_feedrate_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(parser.linearval('S', XY_PROBE_SPEED)); - left_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('L') ? (int)RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION; - right_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('R') ? (int)RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION; - front_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('F') ? (int)RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION; - back_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('B') ? (int)RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION; + left_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('L') ? int(RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units())) : LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION; + right_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('R') ? int(RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units())) : RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION; + front_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('F') ? int(RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units())) : FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION; + back_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('B') ? int(RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units())) : BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION; if ( #if IS_SCARA || ENABLED(DELTA) @@ -5671,7 +5811,7 @@ void home_all_axes() { gcode_G28(true); } #endif } - #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #if HAS_BED_PROBE && ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) static float probe_z_shift(const float center) { STOW_PROBE(); endstops.enable_z_probe(false); @@ -6055,7 +6195,7 @@ void home_all_axes() { gcode_G28(true); } switch (probe_points) { case -1: - #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #if HAS_BED_PROBE && ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) zprobe_zoffset += probe_z_shift(z_at_pt[CEN]); #endif @@ -6147,9 +6287,9 @@ void home_all_axes() { gcode_G28(true); } char mess[21]; strcpy_P(mess, PSTR("Calibration sd:")); if (zero_std_dev_min < 1) - sprintf_P(&mess[15], PSTR("0.%03i"), (int)LROUND(zero_std_dev_min * 1000.0)); + sprintf_P(&mess[15], PSTR("0.%03i"), int(LROUND(zero_std_dev_min * 1000.0))); else - sprintf_P(&mess[15], PSTR("%03i.x"), (int)LROUND(zero_std_dev_min)); + sprintf_P(&mess[15], PSTR("%03i.x"), int(LROUND(zero_std_dev_min))); lcd_setstatus(mess); print_calibration_settings(_endstop_results, _angle_results); serialprintPGM(save_message); @@ -6158,7 +6298,7 @@ void home_all_axes() { gcode_G28(true); } else { // !end iterations char mess[15]; if (iterations < 31) - sprintf_P(mess, PSTR("Iteration : %02i"), (int)iterations); + sprintf_P(mess, PSTR("Iteration : %02i"), int(iterations)); else strcpy_P(mess, PSTR("No convergence")); SERIAL_PROTOCOL(mess); @@ -6183,9 +6323,9 @@ void home_all_axes() { gcode_G28(true); } strcpy_P(mess, enddryrun); strcpy_P(&mess[11], PSTR(" sd:")); if (zero_std_dev < 1) - sprintf_P(&mess[15], PSTR("0.%03i"), (int)LROUND(zero_std_dev * 1000.0)); + sprintf_P(&mess[15], PSTR("0.%03i"), int(LROUND(zero_std_dev * 1000.0))); else - sprintf_P(&mess[15], PSTR("%03i.x"), (int)LROUND(zero_std_dev)); + sprintf_P(&mess[15], PSTR("%03i.x"), int(LROUND(zero_std_dev))); lcd_setstatus(mess); } ac_home(); @@ -6359,7 +6499,7 @@ inline void gcode_G92() { #endif bool didE = false; - #if IS_SCARA || !HAS_POSITION_SHIFT + #if IS_SCARA || !HAS_POSITION_SHIFT || ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) bool didXYZ = false; #else constexpr bool didXYZ = false; @@ -6368,16 +6508,20 @@ inline void gcode_G92() { if (IS_G92_0) LOOP_XYZE(i) { if (parser.seenval(axis_codes[i])) { const float l = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)i), - v = i == E_AXIS ? l : LOGICAL_TO_NATIVE(l, i), + v = i == E_CART ? l : LOGICAL_TO_NATIVE(l, i), d = v - current_position[i]; - if (!NEAR_ZERO(d)) { - #if IS_SCARA || !HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - if (i == E_AXIS) didE = true; else didXYZ = true; + if (!NEAR_ZERO(d) + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + || true // Hangprinter needs to update its line lengths whether current_position changed or not + #endif + ) { + #if IS_SCARA || !HAS_POSITION_SHIFT || ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + if (i == E_CART) didE = true; else didXYZ = true; current_position[i] = v; // Without workspaces revert to Marlin 1.0 behavior #elif HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - if (i == E_AXIS) { + if (i == E_CART) { didE = true; - current_position[E_AXIS] = v; // When using coordinate spaces, only E is set directly + current_position[E_CART] = v; // When using coordinate spaces, only E is set directly } else { position_shift[i] += d; // Other axes simply offset the coordinate space @@ -6401,6 +6545,184 @@ inline void gcode_G92() { report_current_position(); } +#if ENABLED(MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS) + /** + * G95: Set torque mode + */ + inline void gcode_G95() { + i2cFloat torques[NUM_AXIS]; // Assumes 4-byte floats here and in Mechaduino firmware + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(i) + torques[i].fval = parser.floatval(RAW_AXIS_CODES(i), 999.9); // 999.9 chosen to satisfy fabs(999.9) > 255.0 + + // 0x5f == 95 + #define G95_SEND(LETTER) do { \ + if (fabs(torques[_AXIS(LETTER)].fval) < 255.0){ \ + torques[_AXIS(LETTER)].fval = -fabs(torques[_AXIS(LETTER)].fval); \ + if(!INVERT_##LETTER##_DIR) torques[_AXIS(LETTER)].fval = -torques[_AXIS(LETTER)].fval; \ + i2c.address(LETTER##_MOTOR_I2C_ADDR); \ + i2c.reset(); \ + i2c.addbyte(0x5f); \ + i2c.addbytes(torques[_AXIS(LETTER)].bval, sizeof(float)); \ + i2c.send(); \ + }} while(0) + + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #if ENABLED(A_IS_MECHADUINO) + G95_SEND(A); + #endif + #if ENABLED(B_IS_MECHADUINO) + G95_SEND(B); + #endif + #if ENABLED(C_IS_MECHADUINO) + G95_SEND(C); + #endif + #if ENABLED(D_IS_MECHADUINO) + G95_SEND(D); + #endif + #else + #if ENABLED(X_IS_MECHADUINO) + G95_SEND(X); + #endif + #if ENABLED(Y_IS_MECHADUINO) + G95_SEND(Y); + #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_IS_MECHADUINO) + G95_SEND(Z); + #endif + #endif + #if ENABLED(E_IS_MECHADUINO) + G95_SEND(E); + #endif + } + + /** + * G96: Mark encoder reference point + */ + inline void gcode_G96() { + bool mark[NUM_AXIS] = { false }; + if (!parser.seen_any()) + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(i) + mark[i] = true; + else + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(i) + if (parser.seen(RAW_AXIS_CODES(i))) + mark[i] = true; + + // 0x60 == 96 + #define G96_SEND(LETTER) do {\ + if (mark[LETTER##_AXIS]){ \ + i2c.address(LETTER##_MOTOR_I2C_ADDR); \ + i2c.reset(); \ + i2c.addbyte(0x60); \ + i2c.send(); \ + }} while(0) + + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #if ENABLED(A_IS_MECHADUINO) + G96_SEND(A); + #endif + #if ENABLED(B_IS_MECHADUINO) + G96_SEND(B); + #endif + #if ENABLED(C_IS_MECHADUINO) + G96_SEND(C); + #endif + #if ENABLED(D_IS_MECHADUINO) + G96_SEND(D); + #endif + #else + #if ENABLED(X_IS_MECHADUINO) + G96_SEND(X); + #endif + #if ENABLED(Y_IS_MECHADUINO) + G96_SEND(Y); + #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_IS_MECHADUINO) + G96_SEND(Z); + #endif + #endif + #if ENABLED(E_IS_MECHADUINO) + G96_SEND(E); // E ref point not used by any other commands (Feb 7, 2018) + #endif + } + + float ang_to_mm(float ang, const AxisEnum axis) { + const float abs_step_in_origin = + #if ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) + planner.k0[axis] * (SQRT(planner.k1[axis] + planner.k2[axis] * line_lengths_origin[axis]) - planner.sqrtk1[axis]) + #else + line_lengths_origin[axis] * planner.axis_steps_per_mm[axis] + #endif + ; + const float c = abs_step_in_origin + ang * float(STEPS_PER_MOTOR_REVOLUTION) / 360.0; // current step count + return + #if ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) + // Inverse function found in planner.cpp, where target[AXIS_A] is calculated + ((c / planner.k0[axis] + planner.sqrtk1[axis]) * (c / planner.k0[axis] + planner.sqrtk1[axis]) - planner.k1[axis]) / planner.k2[axis] - line_lengths_origin[axis] + #else + c / planner.axis_steps_per_mm[axis] - line_lengths_origin[axis] + #endif + ; + } + + void report_axis_position_from_encoder_data() { + i2cFloat ang; + + #define M114_S1_RECEIVE(LETTER) do { \ + i2c.address(LETTER##_MOTOR_I2C_ADDR); \ + i2c.request(sizeof(float)); \ + i2c.capture(ang.bval, sizeof(float)); \ + if(LETTER##_INVERT_REPORTED_ANGLE == INVERT_##LETTER##_DIR) ang.fval = -ang.fval; \ + SERIAL_PROTOCOL(ang_to_mm(ang.fval, LETTER##_AXIS)); \ + } while(0) + + SERIAL_CHAR('['); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #if ENABLED(A_IS_MECHADUINO) + M114_S1_RECEIVE(A); + #endif + #if ENABLED(B_IS_MECHADUINO) + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(", "); + M114_S1_RECEIVE(B); + #endif + #if ENABLED(C_IS_MECHADUINO) + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(", "); + M114_S1_RECEIVE(C); + #endif + #if ENABLED(D_IS_MECHADUINO) + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(", "); + M114_S1_RECEIVE(D); + #endif + #else + #if ENABLED(X_IS_MECHADUINO) + M114_S1_RECEIVE(X); + #endif + #if ENABLED(Y_IS_MECHADUINO) + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(", "); + M114_S1_RECEIVE(Y); + #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_IS_MECHADUINO) + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(", "); + M114_S1_RECEIVE(Z); + #endif + #endif + SERIAL_CHAR(']'); + SERIAL_EOL(); + } + +#endif // MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS + + +void report_xyz_from_stepper_position() { + get_cartesian_from_steppers(); // writes to cartes[XYZ] + SERIAL_CHAR('['); + SERIAL_PROTOCOL(cartes[X_AXIS]); + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPAIR(", ", cartes[Y_AXIS]); + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPAIR(", ", cartes[Z_AXIS]); + SERIAL_CHAR(']'); + SERIAL_EOL(); +} + #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE /** @@ -6596,7 +6918,7 @@ inline void gcode_M17() { void do_pause_e_move(const float &length, const float &fr) { set_destination_from_current(); - destination[E_AXIS] += length / planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; + destination[E_CART] += length / planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; planner.buffer_line_kinematic(destination, fr, active_extruder); set_current_from_destination(); planner.synchronize(); @@ -7047,7 +7369,7 @@ inline void gcode_M17() { #endif // If resume_position is negative - if (resume_position[E_AXIS] < 0) do_pause_e_move(resume_position[E_AXIS], PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE); + if (resume_position[E_CART] < 0) do_pause_e_move(resume_position[E_CART], PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE); // Move XY to starting position, then Z do_blocking_move_to_xy(resume_position[X_AXIS], resume_position[Y_AXIS], NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE); @@ -7057,7 +7379,7 @@ inline void gcode_M17() { // Now all extrusion positions are resumed and ready to be confirmed // Set extruder to saved position - planner.set_e_position_mm((destination[E_AXIS] = current_position[E_AXIS] = resume_position[E_AXIS])); + planner.set_e_position_mm((destination[E_CART] = current_position[E_CART] = resume_position[E_CART])); #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) runout.reset(); @@ -7309,6 +7631,7 @@ inline void protected_pin_err() { * * P Pin number (LED if omitted) * S Pin status from 0 - 255 + * I Flag to ignore Marlin's pin protection */ inline void gcode_M42() { if (!parser.seenval('S')) return; @@ -7317,7 +7640,7 @@ inline void gcode_M42() { const pin_t pin_number = parser.byteval('P', LED_PIN); if (pin_number < 0) return; - if (pin_is_protected(pin_number)) return protected_pin_err(); + if (!parser.boolval('I') && pin_is_protected(pin_number)) return protected_pin_err(); pinMode(pin_number, OUTPUT); digitalWrite(pin_number, pin_status); @@ -7812,7 +8135,7 @@ inline void gcode_M42() { if (verbose_level > 1) { SERIAL_PROTOCOL(n + 1); SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" of "); - SERIAL_PROTOCOL((int)n_samples); + SERIAL_PROTOCOL(int(n_samples)); SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(": z: "); SERIAL_PROTOCOL_F(sample_set[n], 3); if (verbose_level > 2) { @@ -8093,8 +8416,9 @@ inline void gcode_M109() { if (target_extruder != active_extruder) return; #endif - const bool no_wait_for_cooling = parser.seenval('S'); - if (no_wait_for_cooling || parser.seenval('R')) { + const bool no_wait_for_cooling = parser.seenval('S'), + set_temp = no_wait_for_cooling || parser.seenval('R'); + if (set_temp) { const int16_t temp = parser.value_celsius(); thermalManager.setTargetHotend(temp, target_extruder); @@ -8127,12 +8451,13 @@ inline void gcode_M109() { #endif #endif } - else return; #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) planner.autotemp_M104_M109(); #endif + if (!set_temp) return; + #if TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME > 0 millis_t residency_start_ms = 0; // Loop until the temperature has stabilized @@ -8611,12 +8936,12 @@ inline void gcode_M81() { /** * M82: Set E codes absolute (default) */ -inline void gcode_M82() { axis_relative_modes[E_AXIS] = false; } +inline void gcode_M82() { axis_relative_modes[E_CART] = false; } /** * M83: Set E codes relative while in Absolute Coordinates (G90) mode */ -inline void gcode_M83() { axis_relative_modes[E_AXIS] = true; } +inline void gcode_M83() { axis_relative_modes[E_CART] = true; } /** * M18, M84: Disable stepper motors @@ -8666,20 +8991,20 @@ inline void gcode_M85() { /** * M92: Set axis steps-per-unit for one or more axes, X, Y, Z, and E. + * (for Hangprinter: A, B, C, D, and E) * (Follows the same syntax as G92) * * With multiple extruders use T to specify which one. */ inline void gcode_M92() { - GET_TARGET_EXTRUDER(92); - LOOP_XYZE(i) { - if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) { + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(i) { + if (parser.seen(RAW_AXIS_CODES(i))) { if (i == E_AXIS) { const float value = parser.value_per_axis_unit((AxisEnum)(E_AXIS + TARGET_EXTRUDER)); if (value < 20) { - float factor = planner.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS + TARGET_EXTRUDER] / value; // increase e constants if M92 E14 is given for netfab. + const float factor = planner.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS + TARGET_EXTRUDER] / value; // increase e constants if M92 E14 is given for netfab. #if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS] *= factor; #endif @@ -8689,6 +9014,11 @@ inline void gcode_M92() { planner.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS + TARGET_EXTRUDER] = value; } else { + #if ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Warning: " + "M92 A, B, C, and D only affect acceleration planning " + "when BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE is enabled."); + #endif planner.axis_steps_per_mm[i] = parser.value_per_axis_unit((AxisEnum)i); } } @@ -8700,14 +9030,18 @@ inline void gcode_M92() { * Output the current position to serial */ void report_current_position() { - SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("X:"); - SERIAL_PROTOCOL(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS])); - SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" Y:"); - SERIAL_PROTOCOL(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS])); - SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" Z:"); - SERIAL_PROTOCOL(LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position[Z_AXIS])); - SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" E:"); - SERIAL_PROTOCOL(current_position[E_AXIS]); + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPAIR("X:", LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS])); + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPAIR(" Y:", LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS])); + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPAIR(" Z:", LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position[Z_AXIS])); + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPAIR(" E:", current_position[E_CART]); + + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + SERIAL_EOL(); + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPAIR("A:", line_lengths[A_AXIS]); + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPAIR(" B:", line_lengths[B_AXIS]); + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPAIR(" C:", line_lengths[C_AXIS]); + SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPAIR(" D:", line_lengths[D_AXIS]); + #endif stepper.report_positions(); @@ -8772,9 +9106,9 @@ void report_current_position() { planner.synchronize(); SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Stepper:"); - LOOP_XYZE(i) { + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(i) { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[i]); + SERIAL_CHAR(RAW_AXIS_CODES(i)); SERIAL_CHAR(':'); SERIAL_PROTOCOL(stepper.position((AxisEnum)i)); } @@ -8798,7 +9132,7 @@ void report_current_position() { from_steppers[X_AXIS] - leveled[X_AXIS], from_steppers[Y_AXIS] - leveled[Y_AXIS], from_steppers[Z_AXIS] - leveled[Z_AXIS], - from_steppers[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS] + from_steppers[E_CART] - current_position[E_CART] }; SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM("Differ: "); report_xyze(diff); @@ -8811,13 +9145,19 @@ void report_current_position() { inline void gcode_M114() { #ifdef M114_DETAIL - if (parser.seen('D')) { - report_current_position_detail(); - return; - } + if (parser.seen('D')) return report_current_position_detail(); #endif planner.synchronize(); + + const uint16_t sval = parser.ushortval('S'); + + #if ENABLED(MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS) + if (sval == 1) return report_axis_position_from_encoder_data(); + #endif + + if (sval == 2) return report_xyz_from_stepper_position(); + report_current_position(); } @@ -9113,8 +9453,8 @@ inline void gcode_M201() { GET_TARGET_EXTRUDER(201); - LOOP_XYZE(i) { - if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) { + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(i) { + if (parser.seen(RAW_AXIS_CODES(i))) { const uint8_t a = i + (i == E_AXIS ? TARGET_EXTRUDER : 0); planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[a] = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)a); } @@ -9141,8 +9481,8 @@ inline void gcode_M203() { GET_TARGET_EXTRUDER(203); - LOOP_XYZE(i) - if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) { + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(i) + if (parser.seen(RAW_AXIS_CODES(i))) { const uint8_t a = i + (i == E_AXIS ? TARGET_EXTRUDER : 0); planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[a] = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)a); } @@ -9183,7 +9523,7 @@ inline void gcode_M204() { /** * M205: Set Advanced Settings * - * B = Min Segment Time (µs) + * Q = Min Segment Time (µs) * S = Min Feed Rate (units/s) * T = Min Travel Feed Rate (units/s) * X = Max X Jerk (units/sec^2) @@ -9193,7 +9533,7 @@ inline void gcode_M204() { * J = Junction Deviation (mm) (Requires JUNCTION_DEVIATION) */ inline void gcode_M205() { - if (parser.seen('B')) planner.min_segment_time_us = parser.value_ulong(); + if (parser.seen('Q')) planner.min_segment_time_us = parser.value_ulong(); if (parser.seen('S')) planner.min_feedrate_mm_s = parser.value_linear_units(); if (parser.seen('T')) planner.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s = parser.value_linear_units(); #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) @@ -9209,15 +9549,22 @@ inline void gcode_M205() { } } #else - if (parser.seen('X')) planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); - if (parser.seen('Y')) planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); - if (parser.seen('Z')) { - planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); - #if HAS_MESH - if (planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS] <= 0.1f) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("WARNING! Low Z Jerk may lead to unwanted pauses."); - #endif - } + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + if (parser.seen('A')) planner.max_jerk[A_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seen('B')) planner.max_jerk[B_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seen('C')) planner.max_jerk[C_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seen('D')) planner.max_jerk[D_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); + #else + if (parser.seen('X')) planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seen('Y')) planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seen('Z')) { + planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); + #if HAS_MESH + if (planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS] <= 0.1f) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("WARNING! Low Z Jerk may lead to unwanted pauses."); + #endif + } + #endif if (parser.seen('E')) planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); #endif } @@ -9336,6 +9683,42 @@ inline void gcode_M205() { } } +#elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + /** + * M665: Set HANGPRINTER settings + * + * Parameters: + * + * W[anchor_A_y] - A-anchor's y coordinate (see note) + * E[anchor_A_z] - A-anchor's z coordinate (see note) + * R[anchor_B_x] - B-anchor's x coordinate (see note) + * T[anchor_B_y] - B-anchor's y coordinate (see note) + * Y[anchor_B_z] - B-anchor's z coordinate (see note) + * U[anchor_C_x] - C-anchor's x coordinate (see note) + * I[anchor_C_y] - C-anchor's y coordinate (see note) + * O[anchor_C_z] - C-anchor's z coordinate (see note) + * P[anchor_D_z] - D-anchor's z coordinate (see note) + * S[segments-per-second] - Segments-per-second + * + * Note: All xyz coordinates are measured relative to the line's pivot point in the mover, + * when it is at its home position (nozzle in (0,0,0), and lines tight). + * The y-axis is defined to be horizontal right above/below the A-lines when mover is at home. + * The z-axis is along the vertical direction. + */ + inline void gcode_M665() { + if (parser.seen('W')) anchor_A_y = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('E')) anchor_A_z = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('R')) anchor_B_x = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('T')) anchor_B_y = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('Y')) anchor_B_z = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('U')) anchor_C_x = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('I')) anchor_C_y = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('O')) anchor_C_z = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('P')) anchor_D_z = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('S')) delta_segments_per_second = parser.value_float(); + recalc_hangprinter_settings(); + } + #elif ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) /** @@ -10753,7 +11136,7 @@ inline void gcode_M502() { inline void gcode_M605() { planner.synchronize(); - extruder_duplication_enabled = parser.intval('S') == (int)DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE; + extruder_duplication_enabled = parser.intval('S') == int(DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_DUPLICATION_MODE, extruder_duplication_enabled ? MSG_ON : MSG_OFF); } @@ -10912,41 +11295,48 @@ inline void gcode_M502() { * rows or columns depending upon rotation) */ inline void gcode_M7219() { - if (parser.seen('I')) - Max7219_Clear(); + if (parser.seen('I')) { + max7219.register_setup(); + max7219.clear(); + } - if (parser.seen('F')) - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < MAX7219_X_LEDS; x++) - Max7219_Set_Column(x, 0xffffffff); + if (parser.seen('F')) max7219.fill(); + + const uint32_t v = parser.ulongval('V'); if (parser.seenval('R')) { - const uint32_t r = parser.value_int(); - Max7219_Set_Row(r, parser.byteval('V')); - return; + const uint8_t r = parser.value_byte(); + max7219.set_row(r, v); } else if (parser.seenval('C')) { - const uint32_t c = parser.value_int(); - Max7219_Set_Column(c, parser.ulongval('V')); - return; + const uint8_t c = parser.value_byte(); + max7219.set_column(c, v); } - - if (parser.seenval('X') || parser.seenval('Y')) { + else if (parser.seenval('X') || parser.seenval('Y')) { const uint8_t x = parser.byteval('X'), y = parser.byteval('Y'); if (parser.seenval('V')) - Max7219_LED_Set(x, y, parser.boolval('V')); + max7219.led_set(x, y, parser.boolval('V')); else - Max7219_LED_Toggle(x, y); + max7219.led_toggle(x, y); + } + else if (parser.seen('D')) { + const uint8_t line = parser.byteval('D') + (parser.byteval('U') << 3); + if (line < MAX7219_LINES) { + max7219.led_line[line] = v; + return max7219.refresh_line(line); + } } if (parser.seen('P')) { - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < (8 * MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS); x++) { - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("LEDs[", x); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("]=", LEDs[x]); - SERIAL_ECHO("\n"); + for (uint8_t r = 0; r < MAX7219_LINES; r++) { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("led_line["); + if (r < 10) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); + SERIAL_ECHO(int(r)); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("]="); + for (uint8_t b = 8; b--;) SERIAL_CHAR('0' + TEST(max7219.led_line[r], b)); + SERIAL_EOL(); } - return; } - } #endif // MAX7219_GCODE @@ -10985,6 +11375,7 @@ inline void gcode_M502() { /** * M906: Set motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E + * Uses axis codes A, B, C, D, E for Hangprinter * Report driver currents when no axis specified */ inline void gcode_M906() { @@ -10993,9 +11384,11 @@ inline void gcode_M502() { bool report = true; const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); - LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint16_t value = parser.intval(axis_codes[i])) { + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(i) if (uint16_t value = parser.intval(RAW_AXIS_CODES(i))) { + report = false; switch (i) { + // Assumes {A_AXIS, B_AXIS, C_AXIS} == {X_AXIS, Y_AXIS, Z_AXIS} case X_AXIS: #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) if (index < 2) TMC_SET_CURRENT(X); @@ -11026,20 +11419,52 @@ inline void gcode_M502() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) case 0: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E0); break; #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - case 1: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E1); break; - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - case 2: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E2); break; - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - case 3: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E3); break; - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - case 4: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E4); break; + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + // Avoid setting the D-current + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) && EXTRUDERS > 1 + case 1: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E1); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) && EXTRUDERS > 2 + case 2: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) && EXTRUDERS > 3 + case 3: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E3); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) && EXTRUDERS > 4 + case 4: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E4); break; + #endif + #else + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + case 1: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E1); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + case 2: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + case 3: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E3); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + case 4: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E4); break; + #endif #endif } } break; + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + case D_AXIS: + // D is connected on the first of E1, E2, E3, E4 output that is not an extruder + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) && EXTRUDERS == 1 + TMC_SET_CURRENT(E1); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) && EXTRUDERS == 2 + TMC_SET_CURRENT(E2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) && EXTRUDERS == 3 + TMC_SET_CURRENT(E3); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) && EXTRUDERS == 4 + TMC_SET_CURRENT(E4); break; + #endif + #endif } } @@ -11065,17 +11490,33 @@ inline void gcode_M502() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E0); #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E4); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + // D is connected on the first of E1, E2, E3, E4 output that is not an extruder + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) && EXTRUDERS == 1 + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) && EXTRUDERS == 2 + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) && EXTRUDERS == 3 + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) && EXTRUDERS == 4 + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E4); + #endif + #else + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E4); + #endif #endif } } @@ -11139,7 +11580,7 @@ inline void gcode_M502() { const bool hasX = parser.seen(axis_codes[X_AXIS]), hasY = parser.seen(axis_codes[Y_AXIS]), hasZ = parser.seen(axis_codes[Z_AXIS]), - hasE = parser.seen(axis_codes[E_AXIS]), + hasE = parser.seen(axis_codes[E_CART]), hasNone = !hasX && !hasY && !hasZ && !hasE; #if M91x_USE(X) || M91x_USE(X2) @@ -11172,6 +11613,7 @@ inline void gcode_M502() { #endif #endif + // TODO: If this is a Hangprinter, E_AXIS will not correspond to E0, E1, etc in this way #if M91x_USE_E(0) || M91x_USE_E(1) || M91x_USE_E(2) || M91x_USE_E(3) || M91x_USE_E(4) const uint8_t eval = parser.byteval(axis_codes[E_AXIS], 10); #if M91x_USE_E(0) @@ -11231,7 +11673,7 @@ inline void gcode_M502() { if (!(index & 1)) TMC_SET_PWMTHRS(Z,Z2); #endif break; - case E_AXIS: { + case E_CART: { if (get_target_extruder_from_command(913)) return; switch (target_extruder) { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) @@ -11581,7 +12023,7 @@ inline void gcode_M355() { } else { if (!USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(CASE_LIGHT_PIN)) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Case light: on"); - else SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Case light: ", (int)case_light_brightness); + else SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Case light: ", int(case_light_brightness)); } #else @@ -11595,44 +12037,39 @@ inline void gcode_M355() { /** * M163: Set a single mix factor for a mixing extruder * This is called "weight" by some systems. + * The 'P' values must sum to 1.0 or must be followed by M164 to normalize them. * * S[index] The channel index to set * P[float] The mix value - * */ inline void gcode_M163() { const int mix_index = parser.intval('S'); - if (mix_index < MIXING_STEPPERS) { - float mix_value = parser.floatval('P'); - NOLESS(mix_value, 0.0); - mixing_factor[mix_index] = RECIPROCAL(mix_value); - } + if (mix_index < MIXING_STEPPERS) + mixing_factor[mix_index] = MAX(parser.floatval('P'), 0.0); } - #if MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 1 - - /** - * M164: Store the current mix factors as a virtual tool. - * - * S[index] The virtual tool to store - * - */ - inline void gcode_M164() { - const int tool_index = parser.intval('S'); - if (tool_index < MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS) { - normalize_mix(); + /** + * M164: Normalize and commit the mix. + * If 'S' is given store as a virtual tool. (Requires MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 1) + * + * S[index] The virtual tool to store + */ + inline void gcode_M164() { + normalize_mix(); + #if MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 1 + const int tool_index = parser.intval('S', -1); + if (WITHIN(tool_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1)) { for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MIXING_STEPPERS; i++) mixing_virtual_tool_mix[tool_index][i] = mixing_factor[i]; } - } - - #endif + #endif + } #if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1) /** * M165: Set multiple mix factors for a mixing extruder. * Factors that are left out will be set to 0. - * All factors together must add up to 1.0. + * All factors should sum to 1.0, but they will be normalized regardless. * * A[factor] Mix factor for extruder stepper 1 * B[factor] Mix factor for extruder stepper 2 @@ -11640,7 +12077,6 @@ inline void gcode_M355() { * D[factor] Mix factor for extruder stepper 4 * H[factor] Mix factor for extruder stepper 5 * I[factor] Mix factor for extruder stepper 6 - * */ inline void gcode_M165() { gcode_get_mix(); } #endif @@ -11807,7 +12243,7 @@ inline void invalid_extruder_error(const uint8_t e) { i == 0 ? current_position[X_AXIS] : xhome, current_position[Y_AXIS], i == 2 ? current_position[Z_AXIS] : raised_z, - current_position[E_AXIS], + current_position[E_CART], planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[i == 1 ? X_AXIS : Z_AXIS], active_extruder ); @@ -11878,7 +12314,7 @@ inline void invalid_extruder_error(const uint8_t e) { #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - inline void parking_extruder_tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool no_move/*=false*/) { + inline void parking_extruder_tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, bool no_move) { constexpr float z_raise = PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE; if (!no_move) { @@ -11994,6 +12430,12 @@ inline void invalid_extruder_error(const uint8_t e) { void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool no_move/*=false*/) { planner.synchronize(); + #if HAS_LEVELING + // Set current position to the physical position + const bool leveling_was_active = planner.leveling_active; + set_bed_leveling_enabled(false); + #endif + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 1 mixing_tool_change(tmp_extruder); @@ -12017,22 +12459,27 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n #endif } - // Save current position to destination, for use later - set_destination_from_current(); - - #if HAS_LEVELING - // Set current position to the physical position - const bool leveling_was_active = planner.leveling_active; - set_bed_leveling_enabled(false); - #endif - #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS + // Update the X software endstops early + active_extruder = tmp_extruder; + update_software_endstops(X_AXIS); + active_extruder = !tmp_extruder; + #endif + + // Don't move the new extruder out of bounds + if (!WITHIN(current_position[X_AXIS], soft_endstop_min[X_AXIS], soft_endstop_max[X_AXIS])) + no_move = true; + + if (!no_move) set_destination_from_current(); dualx_tool_change(tmp_extruder, no_move); // Can modify no_move #else // !DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) // Dual Parking extruder + set_destination_from_current(); + + #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) parking_extruder_tool_change(tmp_extruder, no_move); #endif @@ -12069,11 +12516,6 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n current_position[Z_AXIS] -= zdiff; #endif - #if HAS_LEVELING - // Restore leveling to re-establish the logical position - set_bed_leveling_enabled(leveling_was_active); - #endif - // Tell the planner the new "current position" SYNC_PLAN_POSITION_KINEMATIC(); @@ -12117,6 +12559,10 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n feedrate_mm_s = old_feedrate_mm_s; + #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS && ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + update_software_endstops(X_AXIS); + #endif + #else // HOTENDS <= 1 UNUSED(fr_mm_s); @@ -12143,8 +12589,13 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n fanmux_switch(active_extruder); #endif + #if HAS_LEVELING + // Restore leveling to re-establish the logical position + set_bed_leveling_enabled(leveling_was_active); + #endif + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER, (int)active_extruder); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER, int(active_extruder)); #endif // !MIXING_EXTRUDER || MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS <= 1 } @@ -12214,6 +12665,10 @@ void process_parsed_command() { case 5: gcode_G5(); break; // G5: Cubic B_spline #endif + #if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + case 6: gcode_G6(); break; // G6: Direct stepper move + #endif + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) case 10: gcode_G10(); break; // G10: Retract case 11: gcode_G11(); break; // G11: Prime @@ -12276,6 +12731,10 @@ void process_parsed_command() { case 91: relative_mode = true; break; // G91: Relative coordinates case 92: gcode_G92(); break; // G92: Set Position + #if ENABLED(MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS) + case 95: gcode_G95(); break; // G95: Set torque mode + case 96: gcode_G96(); break; // G96: Mark encoder reference point + #endif #if ENABLED(DEBUG_GCODE_PARSER) case 800: parser.debug(); break; // G800: GCode Parser Test for G @@ -12356,6 +12815,8 @@ void process_parsed_command() { case 108: gcode_M108(); break; // M108: Cancel Waiting case 112: gcode_M112(); break; // M112: Emergency Stop case 410: gcode_M410(); break; // M410: Quickstop. Abort all planned moves + #else + case 108: case 112: case 410: break; // Silently drop as handled by emergency parser #endif #if ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) @@ -12576,8 +13037,8 @@ void process_parsed_command() { case 605: gcode_M605(); break; // M605: Set Dual X Carriage movement mode #endif - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - case 665: gcode_M665(); break; // M665: Delta Configuration + #if ENABLED(DELTA) || ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + case 665: gcode_M665(); break; // M665: Delta / Hangprinter Configuration #endif #if ENABLED(DELTA) || ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) case 666: gcode_M666(); break; // M666: DELTA/Dual Endstop Adjustment @@ -13028,6 +13489,115 @@ void ok_to_send() { #endif // DELTA +#if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + + /** + * Recalculate factors used for hangprinter kinematics whenever + * settings have been changed (e.g., by M665). + */ + void recalc_hangprinter_settings(){ + HANGPRINTER_IK_ORIGIN(line_lengths_origin); + + #if ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) + + const uint8_t mech_adv_tmp[MOV_AXIS] = MECHANICAL_ADVANTAGE, + actn_pts_tmp[MOV_AXIS] = ACTION_POINTS; + const uint16_t m_g_t_tmp[MOV_AXIS] = MOTOR_GEAR_TEETH, + s_g_t_tmp[MOV_AXIS] = SPOOL_GEAR_TEETH; + const float mnt_l_tmp[MOV_AXIS] = MOUNTED_LINE; + float s_r2_tmp[MOV_AXIS] = SPOOL_RADII, + steps_per_unit_times_r_tmp[MOV_AXIS]; + uint8_t nr_lines_dir_tmp[MOV_AXIS]; + + LOOP_MOV_AXIS(i){ + steps_per_unit_times_r_tmp[i] = (float(mech_adv_tmp[i])*STEPS_PER_MOTOR_REVOLUTION*s_g_t_tmp[i])/(2*M_PI*m_g_t_tmp[i]); + nr_lines_dir_tmp[i] = mech_adv_tmp[i]*actn_pts_tmp[i]; + s_r2_tmp[i] *= s_r2_tmp[i]; + planner.k2[i] = -(float)nr_lines_dir_tmp[i]*SPOOL_BUILDUP_FACTOR; + planner.k0[i] = 2.0*steps_per_unit_times_r_tmp[i]/planner.k2[i]; + } + + // Assumes spools are mounted near D-anchor in ceiling + #define HYP3D(x,y,z) SQRT(sq(x) + sq(y) + sq(z)) + float line_on_spool_origin_tmp[MOV_AXIS]; + line_on_spool_origin_tmp[A_AXIS] = actn_pts_tmp[A_AXIS] * mnt_l_tmp[A_AXIS] + - actn_pts_tmp[A_AXIS] * HYPOT(anchor_A_y, anchor_D_z - anchor_A_z) + - nr_lines_dir_tmp[A_AXIS] * line_lengths_origin[A_AXIS]; + line_on_spool_origin_tmp[B_AXIS] = actn_pts_tmp[B_AXIS] * mnt_l_tmp[B_AXIS] + - actn_pts_tmp[B_AXIS] * HYP3D(anchor_B_x, anchor_B_y, anchor_D_z - anchor_B_z) + - nr_lines_dir_tmp[B_AXIS] * line_lengths_origin[B_AXIS]; + line_on_spool_origin_tmp[C_AXIS] = actn_pts_tmp[C_AXIS] * mnt_l_tmp[C_AXIS] + - actn_pts_tmp[C_AXIS] * HYP3D(anchor_C_x, anchor_C_y, anchor_D_z - anchor_C_z) + - nr_lines_dir_tmp[C_AXIS] * line_lengths_origin[C_AXIS]; + line_on_spool_origin_tmp[D_AXIS] = actn_pts_tmp[D_AXIS] * mnt_l_tmp[D_AXIS] + - nr_lines_dir_tmp[D_AXIS] * line_lengths_origin[D_AXIS]; + + LOOP_MOV_AXIS(i) { + planner.axis_steps_per_mm[i] = steps_per_unit_times_r_tmp[i] / + SQRT((SPOOL_BUILDUP_FACTOR) * line_on_spool_origin_tmp[i] + s_r2_tmp[i]); + planner.k1[i] = (SPOOL_BUILDUP_FACTOR) * + (line_on_spool_origin_tmp[i] + nr_lines_dir_tmp[i] * line_lengths_origin[i]) + s_r2_tmp[i]; + + planner.sqrtk1[i] = SQRT(planner.k1[i]); + } + planner.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS] = DEFAULT_E_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT; + + #endif // LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE + + SYNC_PLAN_POSITION_KINEMATIC(); // recalcs line lengths in case anchor was moved + } + + /** + * Hangprinter inverse kinematics + */ + void inverse_kinematics(const float raw[XYZ]) { + HANGPRINTER_IK(raw); + } + + /** + * Hangprinter forward kinematics + * Basic idea is to subtract squared line lengths to get linear equations. + * Subtracting d*d from a*a, b*b, and c*c gives the cleanest derivation: + * + * a*a - d*d = k1 + k2*y + k3*z <---- a line (I) + * b*b - d*d = k4 + k5*x + k6*y + k7*z <---- a plane (II) + * c*c - d*d = k8 + k9*x + k10*y + k11*z <---- a plane (III) + * + * Use (I) to reduce (II) and (III) into lines. Eliminate y, keep z. + * + * (II): b*b - d*d = k12 + k13*x + k14*z + * <=> x = k0b + k1b*z, <---- a line (IV) + * + * (III): c*c - d*d = k15 + k16*x + k17*z + * <=> x = k0c + k1c*z, <---- a line (V) + * + * where k1, k2, ..., k17, k0b, k0c, k1b, and k1c are known constants. + * + * These two straight lines are not parallel, so they will cross in exactly one point. + * Find z by setting (IV) = (V) + * Find x by inserting z into (V) + * Find y by inserting z into (I) + * + * Warning: truncation errors will typically be in the order of a few tens of microns. + */ + void forward_kinematics_HANGPRINTER(float a, float b, float c, float d){ + const float Asq = sq(anchor_A_y) + sq(anchor_A_z), + Bsq = sq(anchor_B_x) + sq(anchor_B_y) + sq(anchor_B_z), + Csq = sq(anchor_C_x) + sq(anchor_C_y) + sq(anchor_C_z), + Dsq = sq(anchor_D_z), + aa = sq(a), + dd = sq(d), + k0b = (-sq(b) + Bsq - Dsq + dd) / (2.0 * anchor_B_x) + (anchor_B_y / (2.0 * anchor_A_y * anchor_B_x)) * (Dsq - Asq + aa - dd), + k0c = (-sq(c) + Csq - Dsq + dd) / (2.0 * anchor_C_x) + (anchor_C_y / (2.0 * anchor_A_y * anchor_C_x)) * (Dsq - Asq + aa - dd), + k1b = (anchor_B_y * (anchor_A_z - anchor_D_z)) / (anchor_A_y * anchor_B_x) + (anchor_D_z - anchor_B_z) / anchor_B_x, + k1c = (anchor_C_y * (anchor_A_z - anchor_D_z)) / (anchor_A_y * anchor_C_x) + (anchor_D_z - anchor_C_z) / anchor_C_x; + + cartes[Z_AXIS] = (k0b - k0c) / (k1c - k1b); + cartes[X_AXIS] = k0c + k1c * cartes[Z_AXIS]; + cartes[Y_AXIS] = (Asq - Dsq - aa + dd) / (2.0 * anchor_A_y) + ((anchor_D_z - anchor_A_z) / anchor_A_y) * cartes[Z_AXIS]; + } +#endif // HANGPRINTER + /** * Get the stepper positions in the cartes[] array. * Forward kinematics are applied for DELTA and SCARA. @@ -13044,6 +13614,13 @@ void get_cartesian_from_steppers() { planner.get_axis_position_mm(B_AXIS), planner.get_axis_position_mm(C_AXIS) ); + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + forward_kinematics_HANGPRINTER( + planner.get_axis_position_mm(A_AXIS), + planner.get_axis_position_mm(B_AXIS), + planner.get_axis_position_mm(C_AXIS), + planner.get_axis_position_mm(D_AXIS) + ); #else #if IS_SCARA forward_kinematics_SCARA( @@ -13103,7 +13680,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { // Remaining cartesian distances const float zdiff = destination[Z_AXIS] - current_position[Z_AXIS], - ediff = destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]; + ediff = destination[E_CART] - current_position[E_CART]; // Get the linear distance in XYZ // If the move is very short, check the E move distance @@ -13178,6 +13755,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { } #define MBL_SEGMENT_END(A) (current_position[_AXIS(A)] + (destination[_AXIS(A)] - current_position[_AXIS(A)]) * normalized_dist) + #define MBL_SEGMENT_END_E (current_position[E_CART] + (destination[E_CART] - current_position[E_CART]) * normalized_dist) float normalized_dist, end[XYZE]; const int8_t gcx = MAX(cx1, cx2), gcy = MAX(cy1, cy2); @@ -13209,7 +13787,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { } destination[Z_AXIS] = MBL_SEGMENT_END(Z); - destination[E_AXIS] = MBL_SEGMENT_END(E); + destination[E_CART] = MBL_SEGMENT_END_E; // Do the split and look for more borders mesh_line_to_destination(fr_mm_s, x_splits, y_splits); @@ -13246,6 +13824,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { } #define LINE_SEGMENT_END(A) (current_position[_AXIS(A)] + (destination[_AXIS(A)] - current_position[_AXIS(A)]) * normalized_dist) + #define LINE_SEGMENT_END_E (current_position[E_CART] + (destination[E_CART] - current_position[E_CART]) * normalized_dist) float normalized_dist, end[XYZE]; const int8_t gcx = MAX(cx1, cx2), gcy = MAX(cy1, cy2); @@ -13277,7 +13856,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { } destination[Z_AXIS] = LINE_SEGMENT_END(Z); - destination[E_AXIS] = LINE_SEGMENT_END(E); + destination[E_CART] = LINE_SEGMENT_END_E; // Do the split and look for more borders bilinear_line_to_destination(fr_mm_s, x_splits, y_splits); @@ -13308,10 +13887,10 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { #endif /** - * Prepare a linear move in a DELTA or SCARA setup. + * Prepare a linear move in a DELTA, SCARA or HANGPRINTER setup. * * This calls planner.buffer_line several times, adding - * small incremental moves for DELTA or SCARA. + * small incremental moves for DELTA, SCARA or HANGPRINTER. * * For Unified Bed Leveling (Delta or Segmented Cartesian) * the ubl.prepare_segmented_line_to method replaces this. @@ -13322,10 +13901,18 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { const float _feedrate_mm_s = MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s); const float xdiff = rtarget[X_AXIS] - current_position[X_AXIS], - ydiff = rtarget[Y_AXIS] - current_position[Y_AXIS]; + ydiff = rtarget[Y_AXIS] - current_position[Y_AXIS] + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + , zdiff = rtarget[Z_AXIS] - current_position[Z_AXIS] + #endif + ; - // If the move is only in Z/E don't split up the move - if (!xdiff && !ydiff) { + // If the move is only in Z/E (for Hangprinter only in E) don't split up the move + if (!xdiff && !ydiff + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + && !zdiff + #endif + ) { planner.buffer_line_kinematic(rtarget, _feedrate_mm_s, active_extruder); return false; // caller will update current_position } @@ -13334,8 +13921,11 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { if (!position_is_reachable(rtarget[X_AXIS], rtarget[Y_AXIS])) return true; // Remaining cartesian distances - const float zdiff = rtarget[Z_AXIS] - current_position[Z_AXIS], - ediff = rtarget[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]; + const float + #if DISABLED(HANGPRINTER) + zdiff = rtarget[Z_AXIS] - current_position[Z_AXIS], + #endif + ediff = rtarget[E_CART] - current_position[E_CART]; // Get the linear distance in XYZ // If the move is very short, check the E move distance @@ -13429,6 +14019,8 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { LOOP_XYZE(i) raw[i] += segment_distance[i]; #if ENABLED(DELTA) && HOTENDS < 2 DELTA_IK(raw); // Delta can inline its kinematics + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + HANGPRINTER_IK(raw); // Modifies line_lengths[ABCD] #else inverse_kinematics(raw); #endif @@ -13438,7 +14030,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) // For SCARA scale the feed rate from mm/s to degrees/s // i.e., Complete the angular vector in the given time. - if (!planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS], HYPOT(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA, delta[B_AXIS] - oldB) * inverse_secs, active_extruder)) + if (!planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], raw[E_CART], HYPOT(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA, delta[B_AXIS] - oldB) * inverse_secs, active_extruder, segment_length)) break; /* SERIAL_ECHO(segments); @@ -13451,7 +14043,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { #elif ENABLED(DELTA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) // For DELTA scale the feed rate from Effector mm/s to Carriage mm/s // i.e., Complete the linear vector in the given time. - if (!planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS], SQRT(sq(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA) + sq(delta[B_AXIS] - oldB) + sq(delta[C_AXIS] - oldC)) * inverse_secs, active_extruder)) + if (!planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS], SQRT(sq(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA) + sq(delta[B_AXIS] - oldB) + sq(delta[C_AXIS] - oldC)) * inverse_secs, active_extruder, segment_length)) break; /* SERIAL_ECHO(segments); @@ -13461,8 +14053,11 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { safe_delay(5); //*/ oldA = delta[A_AXIS]; oldB = delta[B_AXIS]; oldC = delta[C_AXIS]; + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + if (!planner.buffer_line(line_lengths[A_AXIS], line_lengths[B_AXIS], line_lengths[C_AXIS], line_lengths[D_AXIS], raw[E_CART], _feedrate_mm_s, active_extruder, cartesian_segment_mm)) + break; #else - if (!planner.buffer_line(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS], _feedrate_mm_s, active_extruder, cartesian_segment_mm)) + if (!planner.buffer_line(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], raw[E_CART], _feedrate_mm_s, active_extruder, cartesian_segment_mm)) break; #endif } @@ -13476,7 +14071,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) const float diff2 = HYPOT2(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA, delta[B_AXIS] - oldB); if (diff2) { - planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], rtarget[Z_AXIS], rtarget[E_AXIS], SQRT(diff2) * inverse_secs, active_extruder); + planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], rtarget[Z_AXIS], rtarget[E_CART], SQRT(diff2) * inverse_secs, active_extruder, segment_length); /* SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("final: A=", delta[A_AXIS]); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" B=", delta[B_AXIS]); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" adiff=", delta[A_AXIS] - oldA); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" bdiff=", delta[B_AXIS] - oldB); @@ -13488,7 +14083,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { #elif ENABLED(DELTA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) const float diff2 = sq(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA) + sq(delta[B_AXIS] - oldB) + sq(delta[C_AXIS] - oldC); if (diff2) { - planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], rtarget[E_AXIS], SQRT(diff2) * inverse_secs, active_extruder); + planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], rtarget[E_AXIS], SQRT(diff2) * inverse_secs, active_extruder, segment_length); /* SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("final: A=", delta[A_AXIS]); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" B=", delta[B_AXIS]); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" C=", delta[C_AXIS]); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" adiff=", delta[A_AXIS] - oldA); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" bdiff=", delta[B_AXIS] - oldB); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" cdiff=", delta[C_AXIS] - oldC); @@ -13559,7 +14154,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE: break; case DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE: - if (current_position[E_AXIS] == destination[E_AXIS]) { + if (current_position[E_CART] == destination[E_CART]) { // This is a travel move (with no extrusion) // Skip it, but keep track of the current position // (so it can be used as the start of the next non-travel move) @@ -13576,7 +14171,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { i == 0 ? raised_parked_position[X_AXIS] : current_position[X_AXIS], i == 0 ? raised_parked_position[Y_AXIS] : current_position[Y_AXIS], i == 2 ? current_position[Z_AXIS] : raised_parked_position[Z_AXIS], - current_position[E_AXIS], + current_position[E_CART], i == 1 ? PLANNER_XY_FEEDRATE() : planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS], active_extruder) ) break; @@ -13596,10 +14191,10 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { } #endif // move duplicate extruder into correct duplication position. - planner.set_position_mm(inactive_extruder_x_pos, current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS]); + planner.set_position_mm(inactive_extruder_x_pos, current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_CART]); if (!planner.buffer_line( current_position[X_AXIS] + duplicate_extruder_x_offset, - current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS], + current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_CART], planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS], 1) ) break; planner.synchronize(); @@ -13626,7 +14221,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { * Prepare a single move and get ready for the next one * * This may result in several calls to planner.buffer_line to - * do smaller moves for DELTA, SCARA, mesh moves, etc. + * do smaller moves for DELTA, SCARA, HANGPRINTER, mesh moves, etc. * * Make sure current_position[E] and destination[E] are good * before calling or cold/lengthy extrusion may get missed. @@ -13637,17 +14232,17 @@ void prepare_move_to_destination() { #if ENABLED(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION) || ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) { - if (destination[E_AXIS] != current_position[E_AXIS]) { + if (destination[E_CART] != current_position[E_CART]) { #if ENABLED(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION) if (thermalManager.tooColdToExtrude(active_extruder)) { - current_position[E_AXIS] = destination[E_AXIS]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part + current_position[E_CART] = destination[E_CART]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_ERR_COLD_EXTRUDE_STOP); } #endif // PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) - if (ABS(destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]) * planner.e_factor[active_extruder] > (EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH)) { - current_position[E_AXIS] = destination[E_AXIS]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part + if (ABS(destination[E_CART] - current_position[E_CART]) * planner.e_factor[active_extruder] > (EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH)) { + current_position[E_CART] = destination[E_CART]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP); } @@ -13716,7 +14311,7 @@ void prepare_move_to_destination() { rt_X = cart[p_axis] - center_P, rt_Y = cart[q_axis] - center_Q, linear_travel = cart[l_axis] - current_position[l_axis], - extruder_travel = cart[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]; + extruder_travel = cart[E_CART] - current_position[E_CART]; // CCW angle of rotation between position and target from the circle center. Only one atan2() trig computation required. float angular_travel = ATAN2(r_P * rt_Y - r_Q * rt_X, r_P * rt_X + r_Q * rt_Y); @@ -13772,7 +14367,7 @@ void prepare_move_to_destination() { raw[l_axis] = current_position[l_axis]; // Initialize the extruder axis - raw[E_AXIS] = current_position[E_AXIS]; + raw[E_CART] = current_position[E_CART]; const float fr_mm_s = MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s); @@ -13829,7 +14424,7 @@ void prepare_move_to_destination() { raw[p_axis] = center_P + r_P; raw[q_axis] = center_Q + r_Q; raw[l_axis] += linear_per_segment; - raw[E_AXIS] += extruder_per_segment; + raw[E_CART] += extruder_per_segment; clamp_to_software_endstops(raw); @@ -13841,19 +14436,19 @@ void prepare_move_to_destination() { #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) // For SCARA scale the feed rate from mm/s to degrees/s // i.e., Complete the angular vector in the given time. - if (!planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS], HYPOT(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA, delta[B_AXIS] - oldB) * inverse_secs, active_extruder)) + if (!planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], raw[E_CART], HYPOT(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA, delta[B_AXIS] - oldB) * inverse_secs, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT)) break; oldA = delta[A_AXIS]; oldB = delta[B_AXIS]; #elif ENABLED(DELTA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) // For DELTA scale the feed rate from Effector mm/s to Carriage mm/s // i.e., Complete the linear vector in the given time. - if (!planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS], SQRT(sq(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA) + sq(delta[B_AXIS] - oldB) + sq(delta[C_AXIS] - oldC)) * inverse_secs, active_extruder)) + if (!planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS], SQRT(sq(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA) + sq(delta[B_AXIS] - oldB) + sq(delta[C_AXIS] - oldC)) * inverse_secs, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT)) break; oldA = delta[A_AXIS]; oldB = delta[B_AXIS]; oldC = delta[C_AXIS]; #elif HAS_UBL_AND_CURVES float pos[XYZ] = { raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS] }; planner.apply_leveling(pos); - if (!planner.buffer_segment(pos[X_AXIS], pos[Y_AXIS], pos[Z_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS], fr_mm_s, active_extruder)) + if (!planner.buffer_segment(pos[X_AXIS], pos[Y_AXIS], pos[Z_AXIS], raw[E_CART], fr_mm_s, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT)) break; #else if (!planner.buffer_line_kinematic(raw, fr_mm_s, active_extruder)) @@ -13870,15 +14465,15 @@ void prepare_move_to_destination() { #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) const float diff2 = HYPOT2(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA, delta[B_AXIS] - oldB); if (diff2) - planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], cart[Z_AXIS], cart[E_AXIS], SQRT(diff2) * inverse_secs, active_extruder); + planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], cart[Z_AXIS], cart[E_CART], SQRT(diff2) * inverse_secs, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT); #elif ENABLED(DELTA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) const float diff2 = sq(delta[A_AXIS] - oldA) + sq(delta[B_AXIS] - oldB) + sq(delta[C_AXIS] - oldC); if (diff2) - planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], cart[E_AXIS], SQRT(diff2) * inverse_secs, active_extruder); + planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], cart[E_CART], SQRT(diff2) * inverse_secs, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT); #elif HAS_UBL_AND_CURVES float pos[XYZ] = { cart[X_AXIS], cart[Y_AXIS], cart[Z_AXIS] }; planner.apply_leveling(pos); - planner.buffer_segment(pos[X_AXIS], pos[Y_AXIS], pos[Z_AXIS], cart[E_AXIS], fr_mm_s, active_extruder); + planner.buffer_segment(pos[X_AXIS], pos[Y_AXIS], pos[Z_AXIS], cart[E_CART], fr_mm_s, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT); #else planner.buffer_line_kinematic(cart, fr_mm_s, active_extruder); #endif @@ -13905,26 +14500,34 @@ void prepare_move_to_destination() { const millis_t ms = millis(); if (ELAPSED(ms, nextMotorCheck)) { nextMotorCheck = ms + 2500UL; // Not a time critical function, so only check every 2.5s + + // If any of the drivers or the bed are enabled... if (X_ENABLE_READ == X_ENABLE_ON || Y_ENABLE_READ == Y_ENABLE_ON || Z_ENABLE_READ == Z_ENABLE_ON #if HAS_HEATED_BED || thermalManager.soft_pwm_amount_bed > 0 #endif - || E0_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON // If any of the drivers are enabled... + #if HAS_X2_ENABLE + || X2_ENABLE_READ == X_ENABLE_ON + #endif + #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE + || Y2_ENABLE_READ == Y_ENABLE_ON + #endif + #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE + || Z2_ENABLE_READ == Z_ENABLE_ON + #endif + || E0_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON #if E_STEPPERS > 1 || E1_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON - #if HAS_X2_ENABLE - || X2_ENABLE_READ == X_ENABLE_ON - #endif #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - || E2_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON + || E2_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - || E3_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON + || E3_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - || E4_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 + || E4_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON + #endif + #endif + #endif + #endif ) { lastMotorOn = ms; //... set time to NOW so the fan will turn on } @@ -14057,14 +14660,21 @@ void enable_all_steppers() { #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) powerManager.power_on(); #endif - enable_X(); - enable_Y(); - enable_Z(); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + enable_A(); + enable_B(); + enable_C(); + enable_D(); + #else + enable_X(); + enable_Y(); + enable_Z(); + enable_E4(); + #endif enable_E0(); enable_E1(); enable_E2(); enable_E3(); - enable_E4(); } void disable_e_stepper(const uint8_t e) { @@ -14238,10 +14848,10 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { } #endif // !SWITCHING_EXTRUDER - const float olde = current_position[E_AXIS]; - current_position[E_AXIS] += EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE; + const float olde = current_position[E_CART]; + current_position[E_CART] += EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE; planner.buffer_line_kinematic(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED), active_extruder); - current_position[E_AXIS] = olde; + current_position[E_CART] = olde; planner.set_e_position_mm(olde); planner.synchronize(); @@ -14307,7 +14917,7 @@ void idle( #endif ) { #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - Max7219_idle_tasks(); + max7219.idle_tasks(); #endif lcd_update(); @@ -14431,7 +15041,7 @@ void stop() { void setup() { #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - Max7219_init(); + max7219.init(); #endif #if ENABLED(DISABLE_JTAG) @@ -14489,7 +15099,7 @@ void setup() { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(MSG_FREE_MEMORY, freeMemory()); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_PLANNER_BUFFER_BYTES, (int)sizeof(block_t)*BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_PLANNER_BUFFER_BYTES, int(sizeof(block_t))*(BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE)); // Send "ok" after commands by default for (int8_t i = 0; i < BUFSIZE; i++) send_ok[i] = true; @@ -14663,6 +15273,17 @@ void setup() { #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) watchdog_init(); #endif + + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + enable_A(); + enable_B(); + enable_C(); + enable_D(); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) && DISABLED(ULTRA_LCD) + card.beginautostart(); + #endif } /** diff --git a/Marlin/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp b/Marlin/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp index 79a59361f..2be4bfd4f 100644 --- a/Marlin/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp +++ b/Marlin/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ * #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 78 * #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 79 * - * Max7219_init() is called automatically at startup, and then there are a number of + * send() is called automatically at startup, and then there are a number of * support functions available to control the LEDs in the 8x8 grid. */ @@ -48,12 +48,92 @@ #include "Marlin.h" #include "delay.h" -uint8_t LEDs[8 * MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS] = { 0 }; +Max7219 max7219; -// Delay for 0.1875µs (16MHz AVR) or 0.15µs (20MHz AVR) -#define SIG_DELAY() DELAY_NS(188) +uint8_t Max7219::led_line[MAX7219_LINES]; // = { 0 }; -void Max7219_PutByte(uint8_t data) { +#define LINE_REG(Q) (max7219_reg_digit0 + ((Q) & 0x7)) +#if _ROT == 0 || _ROT == 270 + #define _LED_BIT(Q) (7 - ((Q) & 0x7)) + #define _LED_UNIT(Q) ((Q) & ~0x7) +#else + #define _LED_BIT(Q) ((Q) & 0x7) + #define _LED_UNIT(Q) ((MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS - 1 - ((Q) >> 3)) << 3) +#endif +#if _ROT < 180 + #define _LED_IND(P,Q) (_LED_UNIT(P) + (Q)) +#else + #define _LED_IND(P,Q) (_LED_UNIT(P) + (7 - ((Q) & 0x7))) +#endif +#if _ROT == 0 || _ROT == 180 + #define LED_IND(X,Y) _LED_IND(X,Y) + #define LED_BIT(X,Y) _LED_BIT(X) +#elif _ROT == 90 || _ROT == 270 + #define LED_IND(X,Y) _LED_IND(Y,X) + #define LED_BIT(X,Y) _LED_BIT(Y) +#endif +#define XOR_7219(X,Y) do{ led_line[LED_IND(X,Y)] ^= _BV(LED_BIT(X,Y)); }while(0) +#define SET_7219(X,Y) do{ led_line[LED_IND(X,Y)] |= _BV(LED_BIT(X,Y)); }while(0) +#define CLR_7219(X,Y) do{ led_line[LED_IND(X,Y)] &= ~_BV(LED_BIT(X,Y)); }while(0) +#define BIT_7219(X,Y) TEST(led_line[LED_IND(X,Y)], LED_BIT(X,Y)) + +#ifdef CPU_32_BIT + #define SIG_DELAY() DELAY_US(1) // Approximate a 1µs delay on 32-bit ARM + #undef CRITICAL_SECTION_START + #undef CRITICAL_SECTION_END + #define CRITICAL_SECTION_START NOOP + #define CRITICAL_SECTION_END NOOP +#else + #define SIG_DELAY() DELAY_NS(188) // Delay for 0.1875µs (16MHz AVR) or 0.15µs (20MHz AVR) +#endif + +void Max7219::error(const char * const func, const int32_t v1, const int32_t v2/*=-1*/) { + #if ENABLED(MAX7219_ERRORS) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("??? Max7219::"); + serialprintPGM(func); + SERIAL_CHAR('('); + SERIAL_ECHO(v1); + if (v2 > 0) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", v2); + SERIAL_CHAR(')'); + SERIAL_EOL(); + #else + UNUSED(func); UNUSED(v1); UNUSED(v2); + #endif +} + +/** + * Flip the lowest n_bytes of the supplied bits: + * flipped(x, 1) flips the low 8 bits of x. + * flipped(x, 2) flips the low 16 bits of x. + * flipped(x, 3) flips the low 24 bits of x. + * flipped(x, 4) flips the low 32 bits of x. + */ +inline uint32_t flipped(const uint32_t bits, const uint8_t n_bytes) { + uint32_t mask = 1, outbits = 0; + for (uint8_t b = 0; b < n_bytes * 8; b++) { + outbits <<= 1; + if (bits & mask) outbits |= 1; + mask <<= 1; + } + return outbits; +} + +void Max7219::noop() { + CRITICAL_SECTION_START; + SIG_DELAY(); + WRITE(MAX7219_DIN_PIN, LOW); + for (uint8_t i = 16; i--;) { + SIG_DELAY(); + WRITE(MAX7219_CLK_PIN, LOW); + SIG_DELAY(); + SIG_DELAY(); + WRITE(MAX7219_CLK_PIN, HIGH); + SIG_DELAY(); + } + CRITICAL_SECTION_END; +} + +void Max7219::putbyte(uint8_t data) { CRITICAL_SECTION_START; for (uint8_t i = 8; i--;) { SIG_DELAY(); @@ -68,7 +148,7 @@ void Max7219_PutByte(uint8_t data) { CRITICAL_SECTION_END; } -void Max7219_pulse_load() { +void Max7219::pulse_load() { SIG_DELAY(); WRITE(MAX7219_LOAD_PIN, LOW); // tell the chip to load the data SIG_DELAY(); @@ -76,20 +156,39 @@ void Max7219_pulse_load() { SIG_DELAY(); } -void Max7219(const uint8_t reg, const uint8_t data) { +void Max7219::send(const uint8_t reg, const uint8_t data) { SIG_DELAY(); CRITICAL_SECTION_START; SIG_DELAY(); - Max7219_PutByte(reg); // specify register + putbyte(reg); // specify register SIG_DELAY(); - Max7219_PutByte(data); // put data + putbyte(data); // put data CRITICAL_SECTION_END; } +// Send out a single native row of bits to all units +void Max7219::refresh_line(const uint8_t line) { + for (uint8_t u = MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; u--;) + send(LINE_REG(line), led_line[(u << 3) | (line & 0x7)]); + pulse_load(); +} + +// Send out a single native row of bits to just one unit +void Max7219::refresh_unit_line(const uint8_t line) { + for (uint8_t u = MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; u--;) + if (u == (line >> 3)) send(LINE_REG(line), led_line[line]); else noop(); + pulse_load(); +} + +void Max7219::set(const uint8_t line, const uint8_t bits) { + led_line[line] = bits; + refresh_line(line); +} + #if ENABLED(MAX7219_NUMERIC) // Draw an integer with optional leading zeros and optional decimal point - void Max7219_Print(const uint8_t start, int16_t value, uint8_t size, const bool leadzero=false, bool dec=false) { + void Max7219::print(const uint8_t start, int16_t value, uint8_t size, const bool leadzero=false, bool dec=false) { constexpr uint8_t led_numeral[10] = { 0x7E, 0x60, 0x6D, 0x79, 0x63, 0x5B, 0x5F, 0x70, 0x7F, 0x7A }, led_decimal = 0x80, led_minus = 0x01; @@ -98,11 +197,11 @@ void Max7219(const uint8_t reg, const uint8_t data) { while (size--) { const bool minus = neg && blank; if (minus) neg = false; - Max7219( + send( max7219_reg_digit0 + start + size, minus ? led_minus : blank ? 0x00 : led_numeral[value % 10] | (dec ? led_decimal : 0x00) ); - Max7219_pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data + pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data value /= 10; if (!value && !leadzero) blank = true; dec = false; @@ -110,247 +209,197 @@ void Max7219(const uint8_t reg, const uint8_t data) { } // Draw a float with a decimal point and optional digits - void Max7219_Print(const uint8_t start, const float value, const uint8_t pre_size, const uint8_t post_size, const bool leadzero=false) { - if (pre_size) Max7219_Print(start, value, pre_size, leadzero, !!post_size); + void Max7219::print(const uint8_t start, const float value, const uint8_t pre_size, const uint8_t post_size, const bool leadzero=false) { + if (pre_size) print(start, value, pre_size, leadzero, !!post_size); if (post_size) { const int16_t after = ABS(value) * (10 ^ post_size); - Max7219_Print(start + pre_size, after, post_size, true); + print(start + pre_size, after, post_size, true); } } #endif // MAX7219_NUMERIC -inline void Max7219_Error(const char * const func, const int32_t v1, const int32_t v2=-1) { - #if ENABLED(MAX7219_ERRORS) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("??? "); - serialprintPGM(func); - SERIAL_CHAR('('); - SERIAL_ECHO(v1); - if (v2 > 0) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", v2); - SERIAL_CHAR(')'); - SERIAL_EOL(); +// Modify a single LED bit and send the changed line +void Max7219::led_set(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y, const bool on) { + if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1 || y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) return error(PSTR("led_set"), x, y); + if (BIT_7219(x, y) == on) return; + XOR_7219(x, y); + refresh_line(LED_IND(x, y)); +} + +void Max7219::led_on(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { + if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1 || y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) return error(PSTR("led_on"), x, y); + led_set(x, y, true); +} + +void Max7219::led_off(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { + if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1 || y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) return error(PSTR("led_off"), x, y); + led_set(x, y, false); +} + +void Max7219::led_toggle(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { + if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1 || y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) return error(PSTR("led_toggle"), x, y); + led_set(x, y, !BIT_7219(x, y)); +} + +void Max7219::send_row(const uint8_t row) { + #if _ROT == 0 || _ROT == 180 + refresh_line(LED_IND(0, row)); #else - UNUSED(func); UNUSED(v1); UNUSED(v2); + UNUSED(row); + refresh(); #endif } +void Max7219::send_column(const uint8_t col) { + #if _ROT == 90 || _ROT == 270 + refresh_line(LED_IND(col, 0)); + #else + UNUSED(col); + refresh(); + #endif +} + +void Max7219::clear() { + ZERO(led_line); + refresh(); +} + +void Max7219::fill() { + memset(led_line, 0xFF, sizeof(led_line)); + refresh(); +} + +void Max7219::clear_row(const uint8_t row) { + if (row >= MAX7219_Y_LEDS) return error(PSTR("clear_row"), row); + for (uint8_t x = 0; x < MAX7219_X_LEDS; x++) CLR_7219(x, row); + send_row(row); +} + +void Max7219::clear_column(const uint8_t col) { + if (col >= MAX7219_X_LEDS) return error(PSTR("set_column"), col); + for (uint8_t y = 0; y < MAX7219_Y_LEDS; y++) CLR_7219(col, y); + send_column(col); +} + /** - * uint32_t flipped(const uint32_t bits, const uint8_t n_bytes) operates on the number - * of bytes specified in n_bytes. The lower order bits of the supplied bits are flipped. - * flipped( x, 1) flips the low 8 bits of x. - * flipped( x, 2) flips the low 16 bits of x. - * flipped( x, 3) flips the low 24 bits of x. - * flipped( x, 4) flips the low 32 bits of x. + * Plot the low order bits of val to the specified row of the matrix. + * With 4 Max7219 units in the chain, it's possible to set 32 bits at once with + * one call to the function (if rotated 90° or 180°). */ - -inline uint32_t flipped(const uint32_t bits, const uint8_t n_bytes) { - uint32_t mask = 1, outbits = 0; - for (uint8_t b = 0; b < n_bytes * 8; b++) { - outbits = (outbits << 1); - if (bits & mask) - outbits |= 1; - mask <<= 1; - } - return outbits; -} - -// Modify a single LED bit and send the changed line -void Max7219_LED_Set(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y, const bool on) { - if (x > (MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) || y > (MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1)) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_LED_Set"), x, y); - if (BIT_7219(x, y) == on) return; - XOR_7219(x, y); - SEND_7219(MAX7219_UPDATE_AXIS); -} - -void Max7219_LED_On(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { - if (x > (MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) || y > (MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1)) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_LED_On"), x, y); - Max7219_LED_Set(x, y, true); -} - -void Max7219_LED_Off(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { - if (x > (MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) || y > (MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1)) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_LED_Off"), x, y); - Max7219_LED_Set(x, y, false); -} - -void Max7219_LED_Toggle(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { - if (x > (MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) || y > (MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1)) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_LED_Toggle"), x, y); - Max7219_LED_Set(x, y, !BIT_7219(x, y)); -} - -inline void _Max7219_Set_Digit_Segments(const uint8_t digit, const uint8_t val) { - LEDs[digit] = val; - SEND_7219(digit); -} - -/* - * void Max7219_Set_Row( const uint8_t col, const uint32_t val) plots the low order bits of - * val to the specified row of the Max7219 matrix. With 4 Max7219 units in the chain, it - * is possible to display an entire 32-bit number with one call to the function (if appropriately - * orientated). - */ -void Max7219_Set_Row(const uint8_t row, const uint32_t val) { - if (row >= MAX7219_Y_LEDS) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Row"), row); - uint32_t mask = 0x0000001; +void Max7219::set_row(const uint8_t row, const uint32_t val) { + if (row >= MAX7219_Y_LEDS) return error(PSTR("set_row"), row); + uint32_t mask = _BV32(MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1); for (uint8_t x = 0; x < MAX7219_X_LEDS; x++) { - if (val & mask) - SET_PIXEL_7219(MAX7219_X_LEDS-1-x, row); - else - CLEAR_PIXEL_7219(MAX7219_X_LEDS-1-x, row); - mask <<= 1; + if (val & mask) SET_7219(x, row); else CLR_7219(x, row); + mask >>= 1; } - #if _ROT == 90 || _ROT == 270 - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < 8; x++) - SEND_7219(x); // force all columns out to the Max7219 chips and strobe them - #else - SEND_7219(row); // force the single column out to the Max7219 chips and strobe them - #endif - return; + send_row(row); } -void Max7219_Clear_Row(const uint8_t row) { - if (row > 7) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Clear_Row"), row); - #if _ROT == 90 || _ROT == 270 - for (uint8_t col = 0; col < 8; col++) Max7219_LED_Off(col, row); - #else - _Max7219_Set_Digit_Segments(row, 0); - #endif -} - -/* - * void Max7219_Set_Column( const uint8_t col, const uint32_t val) plots the low order bits of - * val to the specified column of the Max7219 matrix. With 4 Max7219 units in the chain, it - * is possible to display an entire 32-bit number with one call to the function (if appropriately - * orientated). +/** + * Plot the low order bits of val to the specified column of the matrix. + * With 4 Max7219 units in the chain, it's possible to set 32 bits at once with + * one call to the function (if rotated 90° or 180°). */ -void Max7219_Set_Column(const uint8_t col, const uint32_t val) { - if (col >= MAX7219_X_LEDS) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Column"), col); - uint32_t mask = 0x0000001; +void Max7219::set_column(const uint8_t col, const uint32_t val) { + if (col >= MAX7219_X_LEDS) return error(PSTR("set_column"), col); + uint32_t mask = _BV32(MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1); for (uint8_t y = 0; y < MAX7219_Y_LEDS; y++) { - if (val & mask) - SET_PIXEL_7219(col, MAX7219_Y_LEDS-1-y); - else - CLEAR_PIXEL_7219(col, MAX7219_Y_LEDS-1-y); - mask <<= 1; + if (val & mask) SET_7219(col, y); else CLR_7219(col, y); + mask >>= 1; } - #if _ROT == 90 || _ROT == 270 - SEND_7219(col); // force the column out to the Max7219 chips and strobe them - #else - for (uint8_t yy = 0; yy < 8; yy++) - SEND_7219(yy); // force all columns out to the Max7219 chips and strobe them - #endif - return; + send_column(col); } -void Max7219_Clear_Column(const uint8_t col) { - if (col >= MAX7219_X_LEDS) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Clear_Column"), col); - - for (uint8_t yy = 0; yy < MAX7219_Y_LEDS; yy++) - CLEAR_PIXEL_7219(col, yy); - - #if _ROT == 90 || _ROT == 270 - SEND_7219(col); // force the column out to the Max7219 chips and strobe them - #else - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < 8; y++) - SEND_7219(y); // force all columns out to the Max7219 chips and strobe them - #endif - return; -} - -void Max7219_Clear() { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= 7; i++) { // Clear LED bitmap - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; j++) - LEDs[i + j * 8] = 0x00; - SEND_7219(i); - } -} - -void Max7219_Set_Rows_16bits(const uint8_t y, uint32_t val) { +void Max7219::set_rows_16bits(const uint8_t y, uint32_t val) { #if MAX7219_X_LEDS == 8 - if (y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 2) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Rows_16bits"), y, val); - Max7219_Set_Row(y + 1, val); val >>= 8; - Max7219_Set_Row(y + 0, val); + if (y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 2) return error(PSTR("set_rows_16bits"), y, val); + set_row(y + 1, val); val >>= 8; + set_row(y + 0, val); #else // at least 16 bits on each row - if (y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Rows_16bits"), y, val); - Max7219_Set_Row(y, val); + if (y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) return error(PSTR("set_rows_16bits"), y, val); + set_row(y, val); #endif } -void Max7219_Set_Rows_32bits(const uint8_t y, uint32_t val) { +void Max7219::set_rows_32bits(const uint8_t y, uint32_t val) { #if MAX7219_X_LEDS == 8 - if (y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 4) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Rows_32bits"), y, val); - Max7219_Set_Row(y + 3, val); val >>= 8; - Max7219_Set_Row(y + 2, val); val >>= 8; - Max7219_Set_Row(y + 1, val); val >>= 8; - Max7219_Set_Row(y + 0, val); + if (y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 4) return error(PSTR("set_rows_32bits"), y, val); + set_row(y + 3, val); val >>= 8; + set_row(y + 2, val); val >>= 8; + set_row(y + 1, val); val >>= 8; + set_row(y + 0, val); #elif MAX7219_X_LEDS == 16 - if (y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 2) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Rows_32bits"), y, val); - Max7219_Set_Row(y + 1, val); val >>= 16; - Max7219_Set_Row(y + 0, val); + if (y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 2) return error(PSTR("set_rows_32bits"), y, val); + set_row(y + 1, val); val >>= 16; + set_row(y + 0, val); #else // at least 24 bits on each row. In the 3 matrix case, just display the low 24 bits - if (y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Rows_32bits"), y, val); - Max7219_Set_Row(y, val); + if (y > MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) return error(PSTR("set_rows_32bits"), y, val); + set_row(y, val); #endif } -void Max7219_Set_Columns_16bits(const uint8_t x, uint32_t val) { +void Max7219::set_columns_16bits(const uint8_t x, uint32_t val) { #if MAX7219_Y_LEDS == 8 - if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 2) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Columns_16bits"), x, val); - Max7219_Set_Column(x + 0, val); val >>= 8; - Max7219_Set_Column(x + 1, val); + if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 2) return error(PSTR("set_columns_16bits"), x, val); + set_column(x + 0, val); val >>= 8; + set_column(x + 1, val); #else // at least 16 bits in each column - if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Columns_16bits"), x, val); - Max7219_Set_Column(x, val); + if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) return error(PSTR("set_columns_16bits"), x, val); + set_column(x, val); #endif } -void Max7219_Set_Columns_32bits(const uint8_t x, uint32_t val) { +void Max7219::set_columns_32bits(const uint8_t x, uint32_t val) { #if MAX7219_Y_LEDS == 8 - if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 4) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Rows_32bits"), x, val); - Max7219_Set_Column(x + 3, val); val >>= 8; - Max7219_Set_Column(x + 2, val); val >>= 8; - Max7219_Set_Column(x + 1, val); val >>= 8; - Max7219_Set_Column(x + 0, val); + if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 4) return error(PSTR("set_rows_32bits"), x, val); + set_column(x + 3, val); val >>= 8; + set_column(x + 2, val); val >>= 8; + set_column(x + 1, val); val >>= 8; + set_column(x + 0, val); #elif MAX7219_Y_LEDS == 16 - if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 2) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Rows_32bits"), x, val); - Max7219_Set_Column(x + 1, val); val >>= 16; - Max7219_Set_Column(x + 0, val); + if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 2) return error(PSTR("set_rows_32bits"), x, val); + set_column(x + 1, val); val >>= 16; + set_column(x + 0, val); #else // at least 24 bits on each row. In the 3 matrix case, just display the low 24 bits - if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) return Max7219_Error(PSTR("Max7219_Set_Rows_32bits"), x, val); - Max7219_Set_Column(x, val); + if (x > MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) return error(PSTR("set_rows_32bits"), x, val); + set_column(x, val); #endif } -void Max7219_register_setup() { - // Initialize the Max7219 +// Initialize the Max7219 +void Max7219::register_setup() { for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; i++) - Max7219(max7219_reg_scanLimit, 0x07); - Max7219_pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data + send(max7219_reg_scanLimit, 0x07); + pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; i++) - Max7219(max7219_reg_decodeMode, 0x00); // using an led matrix (not digits) - Max7219_pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data + send(max7219_reg_decodeMode, 0x00); // using an led matrix (not digits) + pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; i++) - Max7219(max7219_reg_shutdown, 0x01); // not in shutdown mode - Max7219_pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; i++) - Max7219(max7219_reg_displayTest, 0x00); // no display test - Max7219_pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data + send(max7219_reg_shutdown, 0x01); // not in shutdown mode + pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; i++) - Max7219(max7219_reg_intensity, 0x01 & 0x0F); // the first 0x0F is the value you can set + send(max7219_reg_displayTest, 0x00); // no display test + pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data + + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; i++) + send(max7219_reg_intensity, 0x01 & 0x0F); // the first 0x0F is the value you can set // range: 0x00 to 0x0F - Max7219_pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data + pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data } #ifdef MAX7219_INIT_TEST -#if (MAX7219_INIT_TEST + 0) == 2 +#if MAX7219_INIT_TEST == 2 - inline void Max7219_spiral(const bool on, const uint16_t del) { + void Max7219::spiral(const bool on, const uint16_t del) { constexpr int8_t way[] = { 1, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, -1 }; int8_t px = 0, py = 0, dir = 0; for (uint8_t i = MAX7219_X_LEDS * MAX7219_Y_LEDS; i--;) { - Max7219_LED_Set(px, py, on); + led_set(px, py, on); delay(del); const int8_t x = px + way[dir], y = py + way[dir + 1]; if (!WITHIN(x, 0, MAX7219_X_LEDS-1) || !WITHIN(y, 0, MAX7219_Y_LEDS-1) || BIT_7219(x, y) == on) dir = (dir + 2) & 0x7; @@ -360,10 +409,10 @@ void Max7219_register_setup() { #else - inline void Max7219_sweep(const int8_t dir, const uint16_t ms, const bool on) { + void Max7219::sweep(const int8_t dir, const uint16_t ms, const bool on) { uint8_t x = dir > 0 ? 0 : MAX7219_X_LEDS-1; for (uint8_t i = MAX7219_X_LEDS; i--; x += dir) { - Max7219_Set_Column(x, on ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 0x00000000); + set_column(x, on ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 0x00000000); delay(ms); } } @@ -371,33 +420,33 @@ void Max7219_register_setup() { #endif #endif // MAX7219_INIT_TEST -void Max7219_init() { +void Max7219::init() { SET_OUTPUT(MAX7219_DIN_PIN); SET_OUTPUT(MAX7219_CLK_PIN); OUT_WRITE(MAX7219_LOAD_PIN, HIGH); delay(1); - Max7219_register_setup(); + register_setup(); for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= 7; i++) { // Empty registers to turn all LEDs off - LEDs[i] = 0x00; - Max7219(max7219_reg_digit0 + i, 0); - Max7219_pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data + led_line[i] = 0x00; + send(max7219_reg_digit0 + i, 0); + pulse_load(); // tell the chips to load the clocked out data } #ifdef MAX7219_INIT_TEST - #if (MAX7219_INIT_TEST + 0) == 2 - Max7219_spiral(true, 8); + #if MAX7219_INIT_TEST == 2 + spiral(true, 8); delay(150); - Max7219_spiral(false, 8); + spiral(false, 8); #else // Do an aesthetically-pleasing pattern to fully test the Max7219 module and LEDs. // Light up and turn off columns, both forward and backward. - Max7219_sweep(1, 20, true); - Max7219_sweep(1, 20, false); + sweep(1, 20, true); + sweep(1, 20, false); delay(150); - Max7219_sweep(-1, 20, true); - Max7219_sweep(-1, 20, false); + sweep(-1, 20, true); + sweep(-1, 20, false); #endif #endif } @@ -409,58 +458,58 @@ void Max7219_init() { */ // Apply changes to update a marker -inline void Max7219_Mark16(const uint8_t y, const uint8_t v1, const uint8_t v2) { +void Max7219::mark16(const uint8_t y, const uint8_t v1, const uint8_t v2) { #if MAX7219_X_LEDS == 8 #if MAX7219_Y_LEDS == 8 - Max7219_LED_Off(v1 & 0x7, y + (v1 >= 8)); - Max7219_LED_On(v2 & 0x7, y + (v2 >= 8)); + led_off(v1 & 0x7, y + (v1 >= 8)); + led_on(v2 & 0x7, y + (v2 >= 8)); #else - Max7219_LED_Off(y, v1 & 0xF); // The Max7219 Y-Axis has at least 16 LED's. So use a single column - Max7219_LED_On(y, v2 & 0xF); + led_off(y, v1 & 0xF); // At least 16 LEDs down. Use a single column. + led_on(y, v2 & 0xF); #endif - #else // LED matrix has at least 16 LED's on the X-Axis. Use single line of LED's - Max7219_LED_Off(v1 & 0xf, y); - Max7219_LED_On(v2 & 0xf, y); + #else + led_off(v1 & 0xF, y); // At least 16 LEDs across. Use a single row. + led_on(v2 & 0xF, y); #endif } // Apply changes to update a tail-to-head range -inline void Max7219_Range16(const uint8_t y, const uint8_t ot, const uint8_t nt, const uint8_t oh, const uint8_t nh) { +void Max7219::range16(const uint8_t y, const uint8_t ot, const uint8_t nt, const uint8_t oh, const uint8_t nh) { #if MAX7219_X_LEDS == 8 #if MAX7219_Y_LEDS == 8 if (ot != nt) for (uint8_t n = ot & 0xF; n != (nt & 0xF) && n != (nh & 0xF); n = (n + 1) & 0xF) - Max7219_LED_Off(n & 0x7, y + (n >= 8)); + led_off(n & 0x7, y + (n >= 8)); if (oh != nh) for (uint8_t n = (oh + 1) & 0xF; n != ((nh + 1) & 0xF); n = (n + 1) & 0xF) - Max7219_LED_On(n & 0x7, y + (n >= 8)); + led_on(n & 0x7, y + (n >= 8)); #else // The Max7219 Y-Axis has at least 16 LED's. So use a single column if (ot != nt) for (uint8_t n = ot & 0xF; n != (nt & 0xF) && n != (nh & 0xF); n = (n + 1) & 0xF) - Max7219_LED_Off(y, n & 0xF); + led_off(y, n & 0xF); if (oh != nh) for (uint8_t n = (oh + 1) & 0xF; n != ((nh + 1) & 0xF); n = (n + 1) & 0xF) - Max7219_LED_On(y, n & 0xF); + led_on(y, n & 0xF); #endif #else // LED matrix has at least 16 LED's on the X-Axis. Use single line of LED's if (ot != nt) for (uint8_t n = ot & 0xF; n != (nt & 0xF) && n != (nh & 0xF); n = (n + 1) & 0xF) - Max7219_LED_Off(n & 0xf, y); + led_off(n & 0xF, y); if (oh != nh) for (uint8_t n = (oh + 1) & 0xF; n != ((nh + 1) & 0xF); n = (n + 1) & 0xF) - Max7219_LED_On(n & 0xf, y); + led_on(n & 0xF, y); #endif } // Apply changes to update a quantity -inline void Max7219_Quantity16(const uint8_t y, const uint8_t ov, const uint8_t nv) { +void Max7219::quantity16(const uint8_t y, const uint8_t ov, const uint8_t nv) { for (uint8_t i = MIN(nv, ov); i < MAX(nv, ov); i++) #if MAX7219_X_LEDS == 8 #if MAX7219_Y_LEDS == 8 - Max7219_LED_Set(i >> 1, y + (i & 1), nv >= ov); // single 8x8 LED matrix. Use two lines to get 16 LED's + led_set(i >> 1, y + (i & 1), nv >= ov); // single 8x8 LED matrix. Use two lines to get 16 LED's #else - Max7219_LED_Set(y, i, nv >= ov); // The Max7219 Y-Axis has at least 16 LED's. So use a single column + led_set(y, i, nv >= ov); // The Max7219 Y-Axis has at least 16 LED's. So use a single column #endif #else - Max7219_LED_Set(i, y, nv >= ov); // LED matrix has at least 16 LED's on the X-Axis. Use single line of LED's + led_set(i, y, nv >= ov); // LED matrix has at least 16 LED's on the X-Axis. Use single line of LED's #endif } -void Max7219_idle_tasks() { +void Max7219::idle_tasks() { #define MAX7219_USE_HEAD (defined(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD) || defined(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE)) #define MAX7219_USE_TAIL (defined(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL) || defined(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE)) #if MAX7219_USE_HEAD || MAX7219_USE_TAIL @@ -491,12 +540,12 @@ void Max7219_idle_tasks() { // corrupted, this will fix it within a couple seconds. if (do_blink && ++refresh_cnt >= refresh_limit) { refresh_cnt = 0; - Max7219_register_setup(); + register_setup(); } #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE) if (do_blink) { - Max7219_LED_Toggle(MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1, MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1); + led_toggle(MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1, MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1); next_blink = ms + 1000; } #endif @@ -506,7 +555,7 @@ void Max7219_idle_tasks() { static int16_t last_head_cnt = 0xF, last_tail_cnt = 0xF; if (last_head_cnt != head || last_tail_cnt != tail) { - Max7219_Range16(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD, last_tail_cnt, tail, last_head_cnt, head); + range16(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD, last_tail_cnt, tail, last_head_cnt, head); last_head_cnt = head; last_tail_cnt = tail; } @@ -516,7 +565,7 @@ void Max7219_idle_tasks() { #ifdef MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD static int16_t last_head_cnt = 0x1; if (last_head_cnt != head) { - Max7219_Mark16(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD, last_head_cnt, head); + mark16(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD, last_head_cnt, head); last_head_cnt = head; } #endif @@ -524,7 +573,7 @@ void Max7219_idle_tasks() { #ifdef MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL static int16_t last_tail_cnt = 0x1; if (last_tail_cnt != tail) { - Max7219_Mark16(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL, last_tail_cnt, tail); + mark16(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL, last_tail_cnt, tail); last_tail_cnt = tail; } #endif @@ -535,7 +584,7 @@ void Max7219_idle_tasks() { static int16_t last_depth = 0; const int16_t current_depth = (head - tail + BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) & (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE - 1) & 0xF; if (current_depth != last_depth) { - Max7219_Quantity16(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE, last_depth, current_depth); + quantity16(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE, last_depth, current_depth); last_depth = current_depth; } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h b/Marlin/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h index dc0609d7d..3523eef40 100644 --- a/Marlin/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h +++ b/Marlin/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h @@ -31,18 +31,33 @@ * #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 78 * #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 79 * - * Max7219_init() is called automatically at startup, and then there are a number of + * max7219.init() is called automatically at startup, and then there are a number of * support functions available to control the LEDs in the 8x8 grid. * * If you are using the Max7219 matrix for firmware debug purposes in time sensitive - * areas of the code, please be aware that the orientation (rotation) of the display can + * areas of the code, please be aware that the orientation (rotation) of the display can * affect the speed. The Max7219 can update a single column fairly fast. It is much * faster to do a Max7219_Set_Column() with a rotation of 90 or 270 degrees than to do * a Max7219_Set_Row(). The opposite is true for rotations of 0 or 180 degrees. */ +#pragma once -#ifndef __MAX7219_DEBUG_LEDS_H__ -#define __MAX7219_DEBUG_LEDS_H__ +#ifndef MAX7219_ROTATE + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 +#endif +#define _ROT ((MAX7219_ROTATE + 360) % 360) + +#define MAX7219_LINES (8 * (MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS)) + +#if _ROT == 0 || _ROT == 180 + #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS 8 + #define MAX7219_X_LEDS MAX7219_LINES +#elif _ROT == 90 || _ROT == 270 + #define MAX7219_X_LEDS 8 + #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS MAX7219_LINES +#else + #error "MAX7219_ROTATE must be a multiple of +/- 90°." +#endif // // MAX7219 registers @@ -63,85 +78,77 @@ #define max7219_reg_shutdown 0x0C #define max7219_reg_displayTest 0x0F -void Max7219_init(); -void Max7219_PutByte(uint8_t data); -void Max7219_pulse_load(); +class Max7219 { +public: + static uint8_t led_line[MAX7219_LINES]; -// Set a single register (e.g., a whole native row) -void Max7219(const uint8_t reg, const uint8_t data); + Max7219() { } -// Set a single LED by XY coordinate -void Max7219_LED_Set(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y, const bool on); -void Max7219_LED_On(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y); -void Max7219_LED_Off(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y); -void Max7219_LED_Toggle(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y); + static void init(); + static void register_setup(); + static void putbyte(uint8_t data); + static void pulse_load(); -// Set all LEDs in a single column -void Max7219_Set_Column(const uint8_t col, const uint32_t val); -void Max7219_Clear_Column(const uint8_t col); + // Set a single register (e.g., a whole native row) + static void send(const uint8_t reg, const uint8_t data); -// Set all LEDs in a single row -void Max7219_Set_Row(const uint8_t row, const uint32_t val); -void Max7219_Clear_Row(const uint8_t row); + // Refresh all units + inline static void refresh() { for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) refresh_line(i); } -// 16 and 32 bit versions of Row and Column functions -// Multiple rows and columns will be used to display the value if -// the array of matrix LED's is too narrow to accomplish the goal -void Max7219_Set_Rows_16bits(const uint8_t y, uint32_t val); -void Max7219_Set_Rows_32bits(const uint8_t y, uint32_t val); -void Max7219_Set_Columns_16bits(const uint8_t x, uint32_t val); -void Max7219_Set_Columns_32bits(const uint8_t x, uint32_t val); + // Update a single native line on all units + static void refresh_line(const uint8_t line); -// Quickly clear the whole matrix -void Max7219_Clear(); + // Update a single native line on just one unit + static void refresh_unit_line(const uint8_t line); -// Apply custom code to update the matrix -void Max7219_idle_tasks(); + // Set a single LED by XY coordinate + static void led_set(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y, const bool on); + static void led_on(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y); + static void led_off(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y); + static void led_toggle(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y); -#ifndef MAX7219_ROTATE - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 -#endif -#define _ROT ((MAX7219_ROTATE + 360) % 360) -#if _ROT == 0 - #define MAX7219_UPDATE_AXIS y // Fast line update axis for this orientation of the matrix display - #define MAX7219_X_LEDS (8 * MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS) - #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS 8 - #define XOR_7219(x, y) LEDs[y + (x >> 3) * 8] ^= _BV(7 - (x & 0x07)) - #define SET_PIXEL_7219(x, y) LEDs[y + (x >> 3) * 8] |= _BV(7 - (x & 0x07)) - #define CLEAR_PIXEL_7219(x, y) LEDs[y + (x >> 3) * 8] &= (_BV(7 - (x & 0x07)) ^ 0xff) - #define BIT_7219(x, y) TEST(LEDs[y + (x >> 3) * 8], 7 - (x & 0x07)) - #define SEND_7219(R) do{ for (int8_t jj = 0; jj < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; jj++) Max7219(max7219_reg_digit0 + (R & 0x7), LEDs[(R & 0x7) + jj * 8]); Max7219_pulse_load(); }while(0) -#elif _ROT == 90 - #define MAX7219_UPDATE_AXIS x // Fast line update axis for this orientation of the matrix display - #define MAX7219_X_LEDS 8 - #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS (8 * MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS) - #define XOR_7219(x, y) LEDs[x + (((MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1 - y) >> 3) * 8)] ^= _BV((y & 0x7)) - #define SET_PIXEL_7219(x, y) LEDs[x + (((MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1 - y) >> 3) * 8)] |= _BV((y & 0x7)) - #define CLEAR_PIXEL_7219(x, y) LEDs[x + (((MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1 - y) >> 3) * 8)] &= (_BV((y & 0x7)) ^ 0xff) - #define BIT_7219(x, y) TEST(LEDs[x + (((MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1 - y) >> 3) * 8)], (y & 0x7)) - #define SEND_7219(R) do{ for (int8_t jj = 0; jj < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; jj++) Max7219(max7219_reg_digit0 + (R & 0x7), LEDs[(R & 0x7) + jj * 8]); Max7219_pulse_load(); }while(0) -#elif _ROT == 180 - #define MAX7219_UPDATE_AXIS y // Fast line update axis for this orientation of the matrix display - #define MAX7219_X_LEDS (8 * MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS) - #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS 8 - #define XOR_7219(x, y) LEDs[y + ((MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1 - x) >> 3) * 8] ^= _BV((x & 0x07)) - #define SET_PIXEL_7219(x, y) LEDs[y + ((MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1 - x) >> 3) * 8] |= _BV((x & 0x07)) - #define CLEAR_PIXEL_7219(x, y) LEDs[y + ((MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1 - x) >> 3) * 8] &= (_BV((x & 0x07)) ^ 0xff) - #define BIT_7219(x, y) TEST(LEDs[y + ((MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1 - x) >> 3) * 8], ((x & 0x07))) - #define SEND_7219(R) do{ for (int8_t jj = 0; jj < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; jj++) Max7219(max7219_reg_digit7 - (R & 0x7), LEDs[(R & 0x7) + jj * 8]); Max7219_pulse_load(); }while(0) -#elif _ROT == 270 - #define MAX7219_UPDATE_AXIS x // Fast line update axis for this orientation of the matrix display - #define MAX7219_X_LEDS 8 - #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS (8 * MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS) - #define XOR_7219(x, y) LEDs[x + (y >> 3) * 8] ^= _BV(7 - (y & 0x7)) - #define SET_PIXEL_7219(x, y) LEDs[x + (y >> 3) * 8] |= _BV(7 - (y & 0x7)) - #define CLEAR_PIXEL_7219(x, y) LEDs[x + (y >> 3) * 8] &= (_BV(7 - (y & 0x7)) ^ 0xff) - #define BIT_7219(x, y) TEST(LEDs[x + ( y >> 3) * 8], 7 - (y & 0x7)) - #define SEND_7219(R) do{ for (int8_t jj = 0; jj < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; jj++) Max7219(max7219_reg_digit7 - (R & 0x7), LEDs[(R & 0x7) + jj * 8]); Max7219_pulse_load(); }while(0) -#else - #error "MAX7219_ROTATE must be a multiple of +/- 90°." -#endif + // Set all LEDs in a single column + static void set_column(const uint8_t col, const uint32_t val); + static void clear_column(const uint8_t col); -extern uint8_t LEDs[8 * MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS]; + // Set all LEDs in a single row + static void set_row(const uint8_t row, const uint32_t val); + static void clear_row(const uint8_t row); -#endif // __MAX7219_DEBUG_LEDS_H__ + // 16 and 32 bit versions of Row and Column functions + // Multiple rows and columns will be used to display the value if + // the array of matrix LED's is too narrow to accomplish the goal + static void set_rows_16bits(const uint8_t y, uint32_t val); + static void set_rows_32bits(const uint8_t y, uint32_t val); + static void set_columns_16bits(const uint8_t x, uint32_t val); + static void set_columns_32bits(const uint8_t x, uint32_t val); + + // Quickly clear the whole matrix + static void clear(); + + // Quickly fill the whole matrix + static void fill(); + + // Apply custom code to update the matrix + static void idle_tasks(); + +private: + static void error(const char * const func, const int32_t v1, const int32_t v2=-1); + static void noop(); + static void set(const uint8_t line, const uint8_t bits); + static void send_row(const uint8_t row); + static void send_column(const uint8_t col); + static void mark16(const uint8_t y, const uint8_t v1, const uint8_t v2); + static void range16(const uint8_t y, const uint8_t ot, const uint8_t nt, const uint8_t oh, const uint8_t nh); + static void quantity16(const uint8_t y, const uint8_t ov, const uint8_t nv); + + #ifdef MAX7219_INIT_TEST + #if MAX7219_INIT_TEST == 2 + static void spiral(const bool on, const uint16_t del); + #else + static void sweep(const int8_t dir, const uint16_t ms, const bool on); + #endif + #endif +}; + +extern Max7219 max7219; diff --git a/Marlin/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/SanityCheck.h index 47d6a2977..7538ac49d 100644 --- a/Marlin/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/SanityCheck.h @@ -403,10 +403,10 @@ static_assert(X_MAX_LENGTH >= X_BED_SIZE && Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) && DISABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) #error "LCD_PROGRESS_BAR requires SDSUPPORT or LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY." - #elif DISABLED(ULTRA_LCD) - #error "LCD_PROGRESS_BAR requires a character LCD." #elif ENABLED(DOGLCD) #error "LCD_PROGRESS_BAR does not apply to graphical displays." + #elif DISABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #error "LCD_PROGRESS_BAR requires a character LCD." #elif ENABLED(FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY) #error "LCD_PROGRESS_BAR and FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY are not fully compatible. Comment out this line to use both." #endif @@ -465,6 +465,8 @@ static_assert(X_MAX_LENGTH >= X_BED_SIZE && Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) #if ENABLED(SCARA) #error "BABYSTEPPING is not implemented for SCARA yet." + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #error "BABYSTEPPING is not implemented for HANGPRINTER." #elif ENABLED(DELTA) && ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) #error "BABYSTEPPING only implemented for Z axis on deltabots." #elif ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) && ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) @@ -527,8 +529,12 @@ static_assert(X_MAX_LENGTH >= X_BED_SIZE && Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, /** * Individual axis homing is useless for DELTAS */ -#if ENABLED(INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU) && ENABLED(DELTA) - #error "INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU is incompatible with DELTA kinematics." +#if ENABLED(INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU) + #if ENABLED(DELTA) + #error "INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU is incompatible with DELTA kinematics." + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #error "INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU is incompatible with HANGPRINTER kinematics." + #endif #endif /** @@ -686,6 +692,7 @@ static_assert(X_MAX_LENGTH >= X_BED_SIZE && Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, * Allow only one kinematic type to be defined */ #if 1 < 0 \ + + ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) \ + ENABLED(DELTA) \ + ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) \ + ENABLED(MAKERARM_SCARA) \ @@ -695,7 +702,7 @@ static_assert(X_MAX_LENGTH >= X_BED_SIZE && Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, + ENABLED(COREYX) \ + ENABLED(COREZX) \ + ENABLED(COREZY) - #error "Please enable only one of DELTA, MORGAN_SCARA, MAKERARM_SCARA, COREXY, COREYX, COREXZ, COREZX, COREYZ, or COREZY." + #error "Please enable only one of HANGPRINTER, DELTA, MORGAN_SCARA, MAKERARM_SCARA, COREXY, COREYX, COREXZ, COREZX, COREYZ, or COREZY." #endif /** @@ -717,6 +724,42 @@ static_assert(X_MAX_LENGTH >= X_BED_SIZE && Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, #endif #endif +/** + * Hangprinter requirements + */ +#if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #if EXTRUDERS > 4 + #error "Marlin supports a maximum of 4 EXTRUDERS when driving a Hangprinter." + #elif ENABLED(CONVENTIONAL_GEOMETRY) + #if ANCHOR_A_Y > 0 + #error "ANCHOR_A_Y should be negative by convention." + #elif (ANCHOR_B_X) * (ANCHOR_C_X) > 0 + #error "ANCHOR_B_X and ANCHOR_C_X should have opposite signs by convention." + #elif ANCHOR_B_Y < 0 + #error "ANCHOR_B_Y should be positive by convention." + #elif ANCHOR_C_Y < 0 + #error "ANCHOR_C_Y should be positive by convention." + #elif ANCHOR_A_Z > 0 + #error "ANCHOR_A_Z should be negative by convention." + #elif ANCHOR_B_Z > 0 + #error "ANCHOR_B_Z should be negative by convention." + #elif ANCHOR_C_Z > 0 + #error "ANCHOR_C_Z should be negative by convention." + #elif ANCHOR_D_Z < 0 + #error "ANCHOR_D_Z should be positive by convention." + #endif + #endif +#elif ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) + #error "LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE is only compatible with HANGPRINTER." +#endif + +/** + * Mechaduino requirements + */ +#if ENABLED(MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS) && DISABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #error "MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS requires EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS to be enabled." +#endif + /** * Probes */ @@ -761,6 +804,14 @@ static_assert(X_MAX_LENGTH >= X_BED_SIZE && Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, #if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE #ifndef NUM_SERVOS #error "You must set NUM_SERVOS for a Z servo probe (Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR)." + #elif Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR == 0 && !PIN_EXISTS(SERVO0) + #error "SERVO0_PIN must be defined for your servo or BLTOUCH probe." + #elif Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR == 1 && !PIN_EXISTS(SERVO1) + #error "SERVO1_PIN must be defined for your servo or BLTOUCH probe." + #elif Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR == 2 && !PIN_EXISTS(SERVO2) + #error "SERVO2_PIN must be defined for your servo or BLTOUCH probe." + #elif Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR == 3 && !PIN_EXISTS(SERVO3) + #error "SERVO3_PIN must be defined for your servo or BLTOUCH probe." #elif Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR >= NUM_SERVOS #error "Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR must be smaller than NUM_SERVOS." #endif @@ -1203,6 +1254,7 @@ static_assert(X_MAX_LENGTH >= X_BED_SIZE && Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, #endif #endif #endif + /** * Endstop Tests */ @@ -1210,33 +1262,33 @@ static_assert(X_MAX_LENGTH >= X_BED_SIZE && Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, #define _PLUG_UNUSED_TEST(AXIS,PLUG) (DISABLED(USE_##PLUG##MIN_PLUG) && DISABLED(USE_##PLUG##MAX_PLUG) && !(ENABLED(AXIS##_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && WITHIN(AXIS##2_USE_ENDSTOP, _##PLUG##MAX_, _##PLUG##MIN_))) #define _AXIS_PLUG_UNUSED_TEST(AXIS) (_PLUG_UNUSED_TEST(AXIS,X) && _PLUG_UNUSED_TEST(AXIS,Y) && _PLUG_UNUSED_TEST(AXIS,Z)) -// At least 3 endstop plugs must be used -#if _AXIS_PLUG_UNUSED_TEST(X) - #error "You must enable USE_XMIN_PLUG or USE_XMAX_PLUG." -#endif -#if _AXIS_PLUG_UNUSED_TEST(Y) - #error "You must enable USE_YMIN_PLUG or USE_YMAX_PLUG." -#endif -#if _AXIS_PLUG_UNUSED_TEST(Z) - #error "You must enable USE_ZMIN_PLUG or USE_ZMAX_PLUG." -#endif - -// Delta and Cartesian use 3 homing endstops -#if !IS_SCARA - #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) - #error "Enable USE_XMIN_PLUG when homing X to MIN." - #elif X_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) - #error "Enable USE_XMAX_PLUG when homing X to MAX." - #elif Y_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) - #error "Enable USE_YMIN_PLUG when homing Y to MIN." - #elif Y_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) - #error "Enable USE_YMAX_PLUG when homing Y to MAX." +#if DISABLED(HANGPRINTER) + // At least 3 endstop plugs must be used + #if _AXIS_PLUG_UNUSED_TEST(X) + #error "You must enable USE_XMIN_PLUG or USE_XMAX_PLUG." + #elif _AXIS_PLUG_UNUSED_TEST(Y) + #error "You must enable USE_YMIN_PLUG or USE_YMAX_PLUG." + #elif _AXIS_PLUG_UNUSED_TEST(Z) + #error "You must enable USE_ZMIN_PLUG or USE_ZMAX_PLUG." + #endif + + // Delta and Cartesian use 3 homing endstops + #if !IS_SCARA + #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) + #error "Enable USE_XMIN_PLUG when homing X to MIN." + #elif X_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) + #error "Enable USE_XMAX_PLUG when homing X to MAX." + #elif Y_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) + #error "Enable USE_YMIN_PLUG when homing Y to MIN." + #elif Y_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) + #error "Enable USE_YMAX_PLUG when homing Y to MAX." + #endif + #endif + #if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) + #error "Enable USE_ZMIN_PLUG when homing Z to MIN." + #elif Z_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) + #error "Enable USE_ZMAX_PLUG when homing Z to MAX." #endif -#endif -#if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) - #error "Enable USE_ZMIN_PLUG when homing Z to MIN." -#elif Z_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) - #error "Enable USE_ZMAX_PLUG when homing Z to MAX." #endif // Dual endstops requirements @@ -1523,7 +1575,7 @@ static_assert(X_MAX_LENGTH >= X_BED_SIZE && Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, #endif #if ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP) && !HAS_STEALTHCHOP #error "STEALTHCHOP requires TMC2130 or TMC2208 stepper drivers." - #endif +#endif /** * Digipot requirement @@ -1536,17 +1588,24 @@ static_assert(X_MAX_LENGTH >= X_BED_SIZE && Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, #endif /** - * Require 4 or more elements in per-axis initializers + * Require 5/4 or more elements in per-axis initializers */ +#if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define MIN_ELEMENTS "5" +#else + #define MIN_ELEMENTS "4" +#endif + constexpr float sanity_arr_1[] = DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT, sanity_arr_2[] = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE, sanity_arr_3[] = DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION; -static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_1) >= XYZE, "DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT requires 4 (or more) elements."); -static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_2) >= XYZE, "DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE requires 4 (or more) elements."); -static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_3) >= XYZE, "DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION requires 4 (or more) elements."); -static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_1) <= XYZE_N, "DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT has too many elements."); -static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_2) <= XYZE_N, "DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE has too many elements."); -static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_3) <= XYZE_N, "DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION has too many elements."); + +static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_1) >= NUM_AXIS, "DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT requires " MIN_ELEMENTS " (or more) elements for HANGPRINTER."); +static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_2) >= NUM_AXIS, "DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE requires " MIN_ELEMENTS " (or more) elements for HANGPRINTER."); +static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_3) >= NUM_AXIS, "DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION requires " MIN_ELEMENTS " (or more) elements for HANGPRINTER."); +static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_1) <= NUM_AXIS_N, "DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT has too many elements."); +static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_2) <= NUM_AXIS_N, "DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE has too many elements."); +static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_3) <= NUM_AXIS_N, "DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION has too many elements."); /** * Sanity checks for Spindle / Laser diff --git a/Marlin/Version.h b/Marlin/Version.h index 186828b89..f9c94c37e 100644 --- a/Marlin/Version.h +++ b/Marlin/Version.h @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ * here we define this default string as the date where the latest release * version was tagged. */ - #define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2018-07-31" + #define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2018-08-01" /** * Required minimum Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h file versions. diff --git a/Marlin/configuration_store.cpp b/Marlin/configuration_store.cpp index c042a418f..6ec8f53e4 100644 --- a/Marlin/configuration_store.cpp +++ b/Marlin/configuration_store.cpp @@ -95,19 +95,19 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // // DISTINCT_E_FACTORS // - uint8_t esteppers; // XYZE_N - XYZ + uint8_t esteppers; // NUM_AXIS_N - MOV_AXIS - uint32_t planner_max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[XYZE_N], // M201 XYZE planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[XYZE_N] - planner_min_segment_time_us; // M205 B planner.min_segment_time_us - float planner_axis_steps_per_mm[XYZE_N], // M92 XYZE planner.axis_steps_per_mm[XYZE_N] - planner_max_feedrate_mm_s[XYZE_N], // M203 XYZE planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[XYZE_N] - planner_acceleration, // M204 P planner.acceleration - planner_retract_acceleration, // M204 R planner.retract_acceleration - planner_travel_acceleration, // M204 T planner.travel_acceleration - planner_min_feedrate_mm_s, // M205 S planner.min_feedrate_mm_s - planner_min_travel_feedrate_mm_s, // M205 T planner.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s - planner_max_jerk[XYZE], // M205 XYZE planner.max_jerk[XYZE] - planner_junction_deviation_mm; // M205 J planner.junction_deviation_mm + uint32_t planner_max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[NUM_AXIS_N], // M201 XYZE/ABCDE planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[NUM_AXIS_N] + planner_min_segment_time_us; // M205 Q planner.min_segment_time_us + float planner_axis_steps_per_mm[NUM_AXIS_N], // M92 XYZE/ABCDE planner.axis_steps_per_mm[NUM_AXIS_N] + planner_max_feedrate_mm_s[NUM_AXIS_N], // M203 XYZE/ABCDE planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[NUM_AXIS_N] + planner_acceleration, // M204 P planner.acceleration + planner_retract_acceleration, // M204 R planner.retract_acceleration + planner_travel_acceleration, // M204 T planner.travel_acceleration + planner_min_feedrate_mm_s, // M205 S planner.min_feedrate_mm_s + planner_min_travel_feedrate_mm_s, // M205 T planner.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s + planner_max_jerk[NUM_AXIS], // M205 XYZE/ABCDE planner.max_jerk[NUM_AXIS] + planner_junction_deviation_mm; // M205 J planner.junction_deviation_mm float home_offset[XYZ]; // M206 XYZ @@ -163,6 +163,7 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // DELTA / [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // #if ENABLED(DELTA) + float delta_height, // M666 H delta_endstop_adj[ABC], // M666 XYZ delta_radius, // M665 R @@ -170,10 +171,27 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { delta_segments_per_second, // M665 S delta_calibration_radius, // M665 B delta_tower_angle_trim[ABC]; // M665 XYZ + + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + + float anchor_A_y, // M665 W + anchor_A_z, // M665 E + anchor_B_x, // M665 R + anchor_B_y, // M665 T + anchor_B_z, // M665 Y + anchor_C_x, // M665 U + anchor_C_y, // M665 I + anchor_C_z, // M665 O + anchor_D_z, // M665 P + delta_segments_per_second, // M665 S + hangprinter_calibration_radius_placeholder; + #elif ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + float x_endstop_adj, // M666 X y_endstop_adj, // M666 Y z_endstop_adj; // M666 Z + #endif // @@ -285,6 +303,8 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // planner position so the stepper counts will be set correctly. #if ENABLED(DELTA) recalc_delta_settings(); + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + recalc_hangprinter_settings(); #endif #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) @@ -418,7 +438,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { _FIELD_TEST(esteppers); - const uint8_t esteppers = COUNT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm) - XYZ; + const uint8_t esteppers = NUM_AXIS_N - MOV_AXIS; EEPROM_WRITE(esteppers); EEPROM_WRITE(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2); @@ -432,7 +452,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(planner.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s); #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - const float planner_max_jerk[] = { float(DEFAULT_XJERK), float(DEFAULT_YJERK), float(DEFAULT_ZJERK), float(DEFAULT_EJERK) }; + const float planner_max_jerk[] = { + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + float(DEFAULT_AJERK), float(DEFAULT_BJERK), float(DEFAULT_CJERK), float(DEFAULT_DJERK), float(DEFAULT_EJERK) + #else + float(DEFAULT_XJERK), float(DEFAULT_YJERK), float(DEFAULT_ZJERK), float(DEFAULT_EJERK) + #endif + }; EEPROM_WRITE(planner_max_jerk); EEPROM_WRITE(planner.junction_deviation_mm); #else @@ -560,6 +586,22 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(delta_calibration_radius); // 1 float EEPROM_WRITE(delta_tower_angle_trim); // 3 floats + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + + dummy = 0.0f; + _FIELD_TEST(anchor_A_y); + EEPROM_WRITE(anchor_A_y); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(anchor_A_z); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(anchor_B_x); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(anchor_B_y); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(anchor_B_z); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(anchor_C_x); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(anchor_C_y); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(anchor_C_z); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(anchor_D_z); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(delta_segments_per_second); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); // 1 float + #elif ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) _FIELD_TEST(x_endstop_adj); @@ -1010,17 +1052,17 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { const uint32_t def1[] = DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION; const float def2[] = DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT, def3[] = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; - uint32_t tmp1[XYZ + esteppers]; + uint32_t tmp1[MOV_AXIS + esteppers]; EEPROM_READ(tmp1); // max_acceleration_mm_per_s2 EEPROM_READ(planner.min_segment_time_us); - float tmp2[XYZ + esteppers], tmp3[XYZ + esteppers]; + float tmp2[MOV_AXIS + esteppers], tmp3[MOV_AXIS + esteppers]; EEPROM_READ(tmp2); // axis_steps_per_mm EEPROM_READ(tmp3); // max_feedrate_mm_s - if (!validating) LOOP_XYZE_N(i) { - planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[i] = i < XYZ + esteppers ? tmp1[i] : def1[i < COUNT(def1) ? i : COUNT(def1) - 1]; - planner.axis_steps_per_mm[i] = i < XYZ + esteppers ? tmp2[i] : def2[i < COUNT(def2) ? i : COUNT(def2) - 1]; - planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[i] = i < XYZ + esteppers ? tmp3[i] : def3[i < COUNT(def3) ? i : COUNT(def3) - 1]; + if (!validating) LOOP_NUM_AXIS_N(i) { + planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[i] = i < MOV_AXIS + esteppers ? tmp1[i] : def1[i < COUNT(def1) ? i : COUNT(def1) - 1]; + planner.axis_steps_per_mm[i] = i < MOV_AXIS + esteppers ? tmp2[i] : def2[i < COUNT(def2) ? i : COUNT(def2) - 1]; + planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[i] = i < MOV_AXIS + esteppers ? tmp3[i] : def3[i < COUNT(def3) ? i : COUNT(def3) - 1]; } EEPROM_READ(planner.acceleration); @@ -1165,6 +1207,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_READ(delta_calibration_radius); // 1 float EEPROM_READ(delta_tower_angle_trim); // 3 floats + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + EEPROM_READ(anchor_A_y); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(anchor_A_z); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(anchor_B_x); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(anchor_B_y); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(anchor_B_z); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(anchor_C_x); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(anchor_C_y); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(anchor_C_z); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(anchor_D_z); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(delta_segments_per_second); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(dummy); // 1 float + #elif ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) _FIELD_TEST(x_endstop_adj); @@ -1714,8 +1769,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { */ void MarlinSettings::reset() { static const float tmp1[] PROGMEM = DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT, tmp2[] PROGMEM = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; + static const uint32_t tmp3[] PROGMEM = DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION; - LOOP_XYZE_N(i) { + LOOP_NUM_AXIS_N(i) { planner.axis_steps_per_mm[i] = pgm_read_float(&tmp1[i < COUNT(tmp1) ? i : COUNT(tmp1) - 1]); planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[i] = pgm_read_float(&tmp2[i < COUNT(tmp2) ? i : COUNT(tmp2) - 1]); planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[i] = pgm_read_dword_near(&tmp3[i < COUNT(tmp3) ? i : COUNT(tmp3) - 1]); @@ -1731,9 +1787,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) planner.junction_deviation_mm = float(JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM); #else - planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS] = DEFAULT_XJERK; - planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS] = DEFAULT_YJERK; - planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS] = DEFAULT_ZJERK; + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + planner.max_jerk[A_AXIS] = DEFAULT_AJERK; + planner.max_jerk[B_AXIS] = DEFAULT_BJERK; + planner.max_jerk[C_AXIS] = DEFAULT_CJERK; + planner.max_jerk[D_AXIS] = DEFAULT_DJERK; + #else + planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS] = DEFAULT_XJERK; + planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS] = DEFAULT_YJERK; + planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS] = DEFAULT_ZJERK; + #endif planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS] = DEFAULT_EJERK; #endif @@ -1785,6 +1848,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { delta_calibration_radius = DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS; COPY(delta_tower_angle_trim, dta); + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + + anchor_A_y = float(ANCHOR_A_Y); + anchor_A_z = float(ANCHOR_A_Z); + anchor_B_x = float(ANCHOR_B_X); + anchor_B_y = float(ANCHOR_B_Y); + anchor_B_z = float(ANCHOR_B_Z); + anchor_C_x = float(ANCHOR_C_X); + anchor_C_y = float(ANCHOR_C_Y); + anchor_C_z = float(ANCHOR_C_Z); + anchor_D_z = float(ANCHOR_D_Z); + delta_segments_per_second = KINEMATIC_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND; + #elif ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) @@ -1814,7 +1890,6 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #endif ); #endif - #endif #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) @@ -2038,9 +2113,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Steps per unit:"); } CONFIG_ECHO_START; - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M92 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS])); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS])); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS])); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M92 A", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm[A_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" B", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm[B_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" C", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm[C_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm[D_AXIS])); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M92 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS])); + #endif #if DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS])); #endif @@ -2058,9 +2140,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Maximum feedrates (units/s):"); } CONFIG_ECHO_START; - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M203 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS])); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS])); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS])); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M203 A", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[A_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" B", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[B_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" C", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[C_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[D_AXIS])); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M203 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS])); + #endif #if DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS])); #endif @@ -2078,9 +2167,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Maximum Acceleration (units/s2):"); } CONFIG_ECHO_START; - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M201 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS])); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS])); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Z_AXIS])); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M201 A", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[A_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" B", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[B_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" C", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[C_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[D_AXIS])); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M201 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Z_AXIS])); + #endif #if DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS])); #endif @@ -2104,11 +2200,15 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { if (!forReplay) { CONFIG_ECHO_START; - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Advanced: B S T"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Advanced: Q S T"); #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" J"); #else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" X Y Z"); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" A B C D"); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" X Y Z"); + #endif #endif #if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) || ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" E"); @@ -2116,19 +2216,25 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_EOL(); } CONFIG_ECHO_START; - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M205 B", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.min_segment_time_us)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M205 Q", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.min_segment_time_us)); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" S", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.min_feedrate_mm_s)); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" T", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s)); #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" J", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.junction_deviation_mm)); #else - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS])); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS])); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS])); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" A", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[A_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" B", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[B_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" C", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[C_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[D_AXIS])); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS])); + #endif SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" E", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS])); #endif - SERIAL_EOL(); #if HAS_M206_COMMAND @@ -2219,8 +2325,8 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("EEPROM can hold ", calc_num_meshes()); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" meshes.\n"); } - -// ubl.report_current_mesh(PORTVAR_SOLO); // This is too verbose for large mesh's. A better (more terse) + + //ubl.report_current_mesh(PORTVAR_SOLO); // This is too verbose for large mesh's. A better (more terse) // solution needs to be found. #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) @@ -2266,6 +2372,24 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim[C_AXIS])); SERIAL_EOL(); + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + if (!forReplay) { + CONFIG_ECHO_START; + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Hangprinter settings: W E R T Y U I O P S"); + } + CONFIG_ECHO_START; + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M665 W", anchor_A_y); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" E", anchor_A_z); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" R", anchor_B_x); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" T", anchor_B_y); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", anchor_B_z); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" U", anchor_C_x); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" I", anchor_C_y); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" O", anchor_C_z); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" P", anchor_D_z); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" S", delta_segments_per_second); + SERIAL_EOL(); + #elif ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) if (!forReplay) { diff --git a/Marlin/drivers.h b/Marlin/drivers.h index 0aa424c67..3a8ff4a2a 100644 --- a/Marlin/drivers.h +++ b/Marlin/drivers.h @@ -40,52 +40,21 @@ #define TMC2660 0x10B #define TMC2660_STANDALONE 0x00B -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) ( defined(A##_DRIVER_TYPE) && (A##_DRIVER_TYPE == T) ) +#define _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) ( defined(A##_DRIVER_TYPE) && (A##_DRIVER_TYPE == T) ) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X,T) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y,T) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) (ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) || ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X2,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(T) (ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y2,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) (ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z2,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(T) (E_STEPPERS > 0 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E0,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(T) (E_STEPPERS > 1 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E1,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(T) (E_STEPPERS > 2 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E2,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(T) (E_STEPPERS > 3 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E3,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) (E_STEPPERS > 4 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E4,T)) -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) || ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X2,T) -#else - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) false -#endif -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y2,T) -#else - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(T) false -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z2,T) -#else - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) false -#endif -#if E_STEPPERS > 0 - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E0,T) -#else - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(T) false -#endif -#if E_STEPPERS > 1 - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E1,T) -#else - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(T) false -#endif -#if E_STEPPERS > 2 - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E2,T) -#else - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(T) false -#endif -#if E_STEPPERS > 3 - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E3,T) -#else - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(T) false -#endif -#if E_STEPPERS > 4 - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E4,T) -#else - #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) false -#endif +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(T) #define HAS_DRIVER(T) (AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) || \ AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(T) || \ @@ -96,10 +65,9 @@ // Test for supported TMC drivers that require advanced configuration // Does not match standalone configurations -#define HAS_TRINAMIC ( HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660) ) +#define HAS_TRINAMIC (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)) #define AXIS_IS_TMC(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(TMC2130) || \ - AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(TMC2208) || \ - AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(TMC2660) ) + AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(TMC2208) ) #endif // _DRIVERS_H_ diff --git a/Marlin/endstops.cpp b/Marlin/endstops.cpp index f345e8f45..39fbc8013 100644 --- a/Marlin/endstops.cpp +++ b/Marlin/endstops.cpp @@ -229,11 +229,13 @@ void Endstops::not_homing() { #endif } -// If the last move failed to trigger an endstop, call kill -void Endstops::validate_homing_move() { - if (trigger_state()) hit_on_purpose(); - else kill(PSTR(MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED)); -} +#if ENABLED(VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS) + // If the last move failed to trigger an endstop, call kill + void Endstops::validate_homing_move() { + if (trigger_state()) hit_on_purpose(); + else kill(PSTR(MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED)); + } +#endif // Enable / disable endstop z-probe checking #if HAS_BED_PROBE @@ -306,12 +308,16 @@ void Endstops::event_handler() { prev_hit_state = hit_state; } // Endstops::report_state -void Endstops::M119() { +static void print_es_state(const bool is_hit, const char * const label=NULL) { + if (label) serialprintPGM(label); + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(": "); + serialprintPGM(is_hit ? PSTR(MSG_ENDSTOP_HIT) : PSTR(MSG_ENDSTOP_OPEN)); + SERIAL_EOL(); +} + +void _O2 Endstops::M119() { SERIAL_PROTOCOLLNPGM(MSG_M119_REPORT); - #define ES_REPORT(AXIS) do{ \ - SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(MSG_##AXIS); \ - SERIAL_PROTOCOLLN(((READ(AXIS##_PIN)^AXIS##_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) ? MSG_ENDSTOP_HIT : MSG_ENDSTOP_OPEN)); \ - }while(0) + #define ES_REPORT(S) print_es_state(READ(S##_PIN) != S##_ENDSTOP_INVERTING, PSTR(MSG_##S)) #if HAS_X_MIN ES_REPORT(X_MIN); #endif @@ -349,12 +355,33 @@ void Endstops::M119() { ES_REPORT(Z2_MAX); #endif #if ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP) - SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(MSG_Z_PROBE); - SERIAL_PROTOCOLLN(((READ(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN)^Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) ? MSG_ENDSTOP_HIT : MSG_ENDSTOP_OPEN)); + print_es_state(READ(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING, PSTR(MSG_Z_PROBE)); #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR); - SERIAL_PROTOCOLLN(((READ(FIL_RUNOUT_PIN)^FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING) ? MSG_ENDSTOP_HIT : MSG_ENDSTOP_OPEN)); + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS == 1 + print_es_state(READ(FIL_RUNOUT_PIN) != FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING, PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)); + #else + for (uint8_t i = 1; i <= NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS; i++) { + pin_t pin; + switch (i) { + default: continue; + case 1: pin = FIL_RUNOUT_PIN; break; + case 2: pin = FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN; break; + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 2 + case 3: pin = FIL_RUNOUT3_PIN; break; + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 3 + case 4: pin = FIL_RUNOUT4_PIN; break; + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 4 + case 5: pin = FIL_RUNOUT5_PIN; break; + #endif + #endif + #endif + } + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR); + if (i > 1) { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_CHAR('0' + i); } + print_es_state(digitalRead(pin) != FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING); + } + #endif #endif } // Endstops::M119 diff --git a/Marlin/endstops.h b/Marlin/endstops.h index 97dd62443..2114e23e3 100644 --- a/Marlin/endstops.h +++ b/Marlin/endstops.h @@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ #include "MarlinConfig.h" +#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS + enum EndstopEnum : char { X_MIN, Y_MIN, @@ -143,8 +145,12 @@ class Endstops { // Disable / Enable endstops based on ENSTOPS_ONLY_FOR_HOMING and global enable static void not_homing(); - // If the last move failed to trigger an endstop, call kill - static void validate_homing_move(); + #if ENABLED(VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS) + // If the last move failed to trigger an endstop, call kill + static void validate_homing_move(); + #else + FORCE_INLINE static void validate_homing_move() { hit_on_purpose(); } + #endif // Clear endstops (i.e., they were hit intentionally) to suppress the report FORCE_INLINE static void hit_on_purpose() { hit_state = 0; } diff --git a/Marlin/enum.h b/Marlin/enum.h index d525e8ee9..470afef1d 100644 --- a/Marlin/enum.h +++ b/Marlin/enum.h @@ -39,10 +39,14 @@ enum AxisEnum : unsigned char { B_AXIS = 1, Z_AXIS = 2, C_AXIS = 2, - E_AXIS = 3, - X_HEAD = 4, - Y_HEAD = 5, - Z_HEAD = 6, + E_CART = 3, + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) // Hangprinter order: A_AXIS, B_AXIS, C_AXIS, D_AXIS, E_AXIS + D_AXIS = 3, + E_AXIS = 4, + #else + E_AXIS = 3, + #endif + X_HEAD, Y_HEAD, Z_HEAD, ALL_AXES = 0xFE, NO_AXIS = 0xFF }; @@ -54,11 +58,11 @@ enum AxisEnum : unsigned char { #define LOOP_NA(VAR) LOOP_L_N(VAR, NUM_AXIS) #define LOOP_XYZ(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, X_AXIS, Z_AXIS) -#define LOOP_XYZE(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, X_AXIS, E_AXIS) +#define LOOP_XYZE(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, X_AXIS, E_CART) #define LOOP_XYZE_N(VAR) LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, X_AXIS, XYZE_N) -#define LOOP_ABC(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, A_AXIS, C_AXIS) -#define LOOP_ABCE(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, A_AXIS, E_AXIS) -#define LOOP_ABCE_N(VAR) LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, A_AXIS, XYZE_N) +#define LOOP_MOV_AXIS(VAR) LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, A_AXIS, MOV_AXIS) +#define LOOP_NUM_AXIS(VAR) LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, A_AXIS, NUM_AXIS) +#define LOOP_NUM_AXIS_N(VAR) LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, A_AXIS, NUM_AXIS_N) typedef enum { LINEARUNIT_MM, diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h index d5a302e0a..69157810a 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -550,9 +550,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -560,17 +563,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1931,9 +1934,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h index 855cddf12..2503bc299 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h index f1afc6af6..282b0a9ad 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1911,9 +1914,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67e22cfe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,1997 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + * + */ +#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H +#define CONFIGURATION_H +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010109 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + */ + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the +// example_configurations/delta directory and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in +// example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine. +// + +// @section info + +// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during +// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this +// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware. +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Florian S, ANET A2 config 26.8.18)" // Who made the changes. +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1 +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2 + +/** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting. + * + * :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT 0 + +/** + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 115200 + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// The following define selects which electronics board you have. +// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 +#endif + +// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine +// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message +#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ANET A2" + +// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines) +// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4) +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +/** + * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. + * + * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive + * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable + * for extruders. + * + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + */ +//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER +#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) + // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 steppers + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 steppers +#endif + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 + //#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 } +#endif + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // Delay (ms) for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE 5 // Z-raise before parking + #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 1.3 } // Z-offsets of the two hotends. The first must be 0. +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN + * + * 0 = No Power Switch + * 1 = ATX + * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC) + * + * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' } + */ +#define POWER_SUPPLY 0 + +#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0 + // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup. + // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80. + //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 + #endif + +#endif + +// @section temperature + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * + * Temperature sensors available: + * + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * 0 : not used + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + * + * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" } + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used +// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken. +// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off. +// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure! +// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection. +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning + +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP +#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result. + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. + + // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it + + // Ultimaker + //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 + //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 + + // MakerGear + //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 + //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 + //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 + + // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V + //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 + //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 + //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 + + // Default A2 + #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 + +#endif // PIDTEMP + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control =============== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +#define PIDTEMPBED + +//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) + //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 + + //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + //from pidautotune + //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 + + // ANET A2 + // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPBED + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section machine + +// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics +// either in the usual order or reversed +//#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. +// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the +// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +#define USE_XMIN_PLUG +#define USE_YMIN_PLUG +#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] + */ +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Filter + * + * Enable this option if endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * NOTE: Enabling this feature means adds an error of +/-0.2mm, so homing + * will end up at a slightly different position on each G28. This will also + * reduce accuracy of some bed probes. + * For mechanical switches, the better approach to reduce noise is to install + * a 100 nanofarads ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch, making it + * essentially noise-proof without sacrificing accuracy. + * This option also increases MCU load when endstops or the probe are enabled. + * So this is not recommended. USE AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * (This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, since they already include the 100nF capacitor.) + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_FILTER + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) + * Override with M92 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] + */ +//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } + +// ANET A2 Firmwae V2.0 defaults: (steps/mm) +// Xsteps/mm: +100.0, Ysteps/mm: +100.0, Zsteps/mm: +0400.0, eSteps/mm: +0095.0 +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT {100, 100, 400, 95} +//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT {80, 80, 400, 95} + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) + * Override with M203 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] + */ +//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } + +// ANET A2 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Vmax): +// Vmax x: 400, Vmax y: 400, Vmax z: 4, Vmax e: 25 +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE {400, 400, 4, 25} +//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE {400, 400, 20, 50} + + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] + */ +//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } + +// ANET A2 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Amax): +// Amx x: 9000, Amax Y: 5000, Amax z: 50, Amax e: 10000 +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 5000, 50, 10000 } +//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 200, 10000 } + +/** + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +//#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +//#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts +//#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +// ANET A2 Firmware V2.0 defaults: +// Accel: 1000 A-retract: 1000 +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves +//#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +//#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts +//#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 4000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + + +/** + * Default Jerk (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +// ANET A2 Firmware V2.0 defaults (jerk): +// Vxy-jerk: 20, Vz-jerk: +000.30, Ve-jerk: 10 +#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 +#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 +#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 10.0 + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + * + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. + */ +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + * + * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min. + * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.) + * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: + * - For simple switches connect... + * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. + * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + * + * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially + * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework. + * + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +#define PROBE_MANUALLY +//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +//#define BLTOUCH +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed +#endif + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +#endif +#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// + +/** + * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). + * X and Y offsets must be integers. + * + * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: + * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | | + * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) + * E | | I + * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) + * T | | H + * | (-) | T + * | | + * O-- FRONT --+ + * (0,0) + */ +//#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle] +//#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle] +//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] + +//ANET A2 with BLTouch/3D-Touch mounted right to the nozzle +#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 39 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle] +#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle] +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] + +// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges +#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 +//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 + +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z + +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3) + +// The number of probes to perform at each point. +// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result. +// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results. +#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#if 1 // 0 for less clearance + #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow + #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points + #define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes + //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done +#else + #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow + #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points + #define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes + //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done +#endif + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } +#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders + +// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +#define DISABLE_X false +#define DISABLE_Y false +#define DISABLE_Z false +// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled. + +// @section machine + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_X_DIR false +//#define INVERT_Y_DIR true +//#define INVERT_Z_DIR false +//ANET A2: +#define INVERT_Y_DIR true +#define INVERT_Z_DIR false + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR false +#define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#define INVERT_E4_DIR false + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed + +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. + +//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 + +// @section machine + +// The size of the print bed +//#define X_BED_SIZE 200 +//#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 + +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +//#define X_MIN_POS 0 +//#define Y_MIN_POS 0 +//#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE +//#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE +//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +//#define Z_MAX_POS 200 + +// ANET A2 Firmware V2.0 defaults: +//#define X_BED_SIZE 220 +//#define Y_BED_SIZE 270 +//#define X_MIN_POS 0 +//#define Y_MIN_POS 0 +//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +//#define Z_MAX_POS 220 + +// ANET A2 with glass bed clamps and safety margin, X0/Y0 0 front left bed edge: +#define X_BED_SIZE 190 +#define Y_BED_SIZE 250 +#define X_MIN_POS -7 +#define Y_MIN_POS -5 +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define Z_MAX_POS 180 + + +#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE +#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +#define MESH_BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable + * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. + */ +#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z + #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #endif + +#endif + +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach). + //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15 + //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - 15) + //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15 + //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - 15) + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +#endif + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS + +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner +#endif + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 + +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// +#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). +#endif + +// Homing speeds (mm/m) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// +// EEPROM +// +// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity... +// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM +// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily). +// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to. +// +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// Preheat Constants +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A2 default is 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A2 default is 255 + +/** + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + * + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + // Default number of pattern repetitions + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + + // Default number of triangles + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + + // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + + // Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 + // Circular pattern circle fragments number + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + + // Moves the nozzle to the initial position + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK +#endif + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +#define PRINTCOUNTER + +//============================================================================= +//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// @section lcd + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, cz_utf8, de, el, el-gr, es, es_utf8, + * eu, fi, fr, fr_utf8, gl, hr, it, kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, + * pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, sk_utf8, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'cz_utf8':'Czech (UTF8)', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'es_utf8':'Spanish (UTF8)', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'fr_utf8':'French (UTF8)', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk_utf8':'Slovak (UTF8)', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Taiwan)', 'test':'TEST' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + * + */ +//#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: SPI SPEED + * + * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. + * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + */ +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +//#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S P +// +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +//#define ULTIPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// http://www.inventapart.com/ +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library +// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// http://panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + #define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD // Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 + // A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with + // different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial +// + +// +// LCD for Malyan M200 printers. +// This requires SDSUPPORT to be enabled +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on +// + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 +// +// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key +// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click. +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote +// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ +//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + +// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure +//#define SF_ARC_FIX + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * *** CAUTION *** + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. + * + */ +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +/** + * R/C SERVO support + * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas + */ + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. + */ +//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command + +// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +#endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5375d5948 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,1654 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + * + */ +#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010109 + +// @section temperature + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 5 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature: + * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. + * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". + * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F + * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by + * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* + * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. + * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode + */ +//#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 +#endif + +// Show extra position information in M114 +//#define M114_DETAIL + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled + * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================ Mechanical Settings ========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S + // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results + // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0) + // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so + // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all + // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at + // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]) + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE + + // Default settings in "Auto-park Mode" + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder + #define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + +#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. +#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) +//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially + +// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X + +// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING + +// @section machine + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false} + +// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder +//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. +// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. +// Time can be set by M18 and M84. +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true + +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 + +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated + +// @section lcd + +#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder +#endif + +// @section extras + +// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 + +// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full +#define SLOWDOWN + +// Frequency limit +// See nophead's blog for more info +// Not working O +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/sec) + +// +// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting +// +//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION +#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) +//#define DIGIPOT_I2C +#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 +// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. +// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly +#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value +#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value + +//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ +#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again + +// @section lcd + +// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu +#define LCD_INFO_MENU + +// Scroll a longer status message into view +//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + +// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible +//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + +// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus +//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + +// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage +//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) || ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif +#endif // SDSUPPORT || LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + +/** + * LED Control Menu + * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ +//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU +#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif +#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work + // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined + // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. + // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. + // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). + //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place. + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if ENABLED(DOGLCD) + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + +#endif // DOGLCD + +// @section safety + +// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, +// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation. +#define USE_WATCHDOG + +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on. + // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset. + // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled. + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Enable to combine M851 and Babystepping + #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. +#endif + +// @section leveling + +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target +// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move) +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 1 : Minimum for A4988 stepper drivers + * 1 : Minimum for LV8729 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section hidden + +// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. +// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they +// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. +// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 +// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// @section extras + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + * + */ +//#define FWRETRACT // ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 // Default retract Z-lift + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s) +#endif + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for + * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change + + //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps + + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + +#endif // TMC26X + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI pins to + * the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins + * in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library + * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper). + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers + * connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN + * to PDN_UART without a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * You'll also need the TMC2208Stepper Arduino library + * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper). + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC + + #define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130 + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 + + #define X_CURRENT 800 // rms current in mA. Multiply by 1.41 for peak current. + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + + /** + * Use software SPI for TMC2130. + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic TMC2130 and TMC2208 drivers for error conditions, + * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial. + * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant g-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP needs to be enabled. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * Use stallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. + * You need to place a wire from the driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. + * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. + * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. + * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. + * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. + * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only + + #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) + #define X_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #endif + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * M915 Z Axis Calibration + * + * - Adjust Z stepper current, + * - Drive the Z axis to its physical maximum, and + * - Home Z to account for the lost steps. + * + * Use M915 Snn to specify the current. + * Use M925 Znn to add extra Z height to Z_MAX_POS. + */ + //#define TMC_Z_CALIBRATION + #if ENABLED(TMC_Z_CALIBRATION) + #define CALIBRATION_CURRENT 250 + #define CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 10 + #endif + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ + * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // TMC2130 || TMC2208 + +// @section L6470 + +/** + * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * + * The Arduino-L6470 library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall + + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + +#endif // L6470 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +// @section i2cbus + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave + +// @section extras + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop + #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false + #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction + + /** + * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power + * + * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT + * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 + * + * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) + */ + + #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + + //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 + //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins + */ +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" + + #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for PLA" + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for ABS" + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" + + #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" + #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" +#endif + +/** + * Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + */ +//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff" + +/** + * Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + */ +//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause" +//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume" + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reilabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behaviour. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE + +#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A6/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A6/Configuration.h index 464b40867..d407aa8a1 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A6/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A6/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -550,9 +550,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -560,17 +563,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -2066,9 +2069,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h index 01898336c..68c011c00 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A8/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A8/Configuration.h index 1d26a2a5d..1e6da8b0e 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A8/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A8/Configuration.h @@ -202,11 +202,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -537,9 +537,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -547,17 +550,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1920,9 +1923,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h index 68b678b4d..b8680ae37 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/Cyclops/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/Cyclops/Configuration.h index 40f2d8b27..23ec2bda4 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/Cyclops/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/Cyclops/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1911,9 +1914,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/Cyclops/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/Cyclops/Configuration_adv.h index d73082017..d5b8ff75f 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/Cyclops/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/Cyclops/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h index a32c6ddf4..690ffc9fe 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1911,9 +1914,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h index 56d738ab1..779505abd 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h index 9c1cb4961..d74e70bfa 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -518,9 +518,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -528,17 +531,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1899,9 +1902,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h index bac8bd411..194d5d5af 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h index 03449a6fc..e4cf80e12 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h @@ -209,11 +209,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -531,9 +531,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -541,17 +544,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1909,9 +1912,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h index b86ac82e8..0d0e0c0c7 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -828,6 +833,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -839,6 +846,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -851,6 +860,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h index fc3221bce..d121193ff 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -518,9 +518,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -528,17 +531,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1899,9 +1902,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h index bac8bd411..194d5d5af 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Cartesio/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Cartesio/Configuration.h index 14127010a..e2fd74b56 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Cartesio/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Cartesio/Configuration.h @@ -202,11 +202,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -529,9 +529,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -539,17 +542,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1910,9 +1913,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h index f5bb3ac69..e064cbba8 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h index 84a7e692d..b147cf4bd 100755 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -540,9 +540,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -550,17 +553,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -623,7 +626,7 @@ * Override with M201 * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 5000 } +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } /** * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s @@ -1921,9 +1924,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h index 28ec3a647..25bb874f0 100755 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h index b65a7b315..b531717d3 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -534,9 +534,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -544,17 +547,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -617,7 +620,7 @@ * Override with M201 * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 10000 } /** * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s @@ -1916,9 +1919,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h index 81624d759..1dc96c802 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h index 794f9c19a..c109fd172 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h @@ -210,11 +210,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -549,9 +549,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -559,17 +562,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -632,7 +635,7 @@ * Override with M201 * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 5000 } +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } /** * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s @@ -1930,9 +1933,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h index 012d962e1..b3bac8ae7 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h index 75c634525..3525a10dc 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -540,9 +540,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -550,17 +553,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1921,9 +1924,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h index 907d2c64a..c8d653fdd 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h index e4749cdb6..1110e7420 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -534,9 +534,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -544,17 +547,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1915,9 +1918,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h index 87d6f5077..b5708a5f7 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h index 3f0c648e3..c3f705076 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -534,9 +534,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -544,17 +547,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1915,9 +1918,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h index e510fb5a1..4e2dd4ec5 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h index 327b5632e..c52555780 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -540,9 +540,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -550,17 +553,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -623,7 +626,7 @@ * Override with M201 * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 200, 10000 } +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 200, 10000 } /** * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s @@ -1921,9 +1924,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h index 907d2c64a..c8d653fdd 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/Configuration.h index aff29d689..6dd065889 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -511,9 +511,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -521,17 +524,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1893,9 +1896,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/Configuration_adv.h index d9df62df8..e4deacec0 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h index 4e4e2a5ae..4fc761aee 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -511,9 +511,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -521,17 +524,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1893,9 +1896,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h index a010bfd17..f09bd997a 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -535,9 +535,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -545,17 +548,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1917,9 +1920,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 500, 500 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter #define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h index 288414377..e71dfdf11 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h index a71735209..015129f8d 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -545,9 +545,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -555,17 +558,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1926,9 +1929,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE /** diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h index 3e44e8155..d997f76bc 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1911,9 +1914,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h index 3ccc6ac04..f838f8563 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -545,9 +545,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -555,17 +558,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1927,9 +1930,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h index c685cdb33..3d071ad02 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -545,9 +545,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -555,17 +558,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1926,9 +1929,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h index 3fa2a2acd..e47a104c9 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1911,9 +1914,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h index d3988eed0..e03367a65 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 @@ -1606,10 +1617,11 @@ #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 /** * Sample debug features * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h index e5915ec90..111be839c 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1911,9 +1914,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h index d3988eed0..e03367a65 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 @@ -1606,10 +1617,11 @@ #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 /** * Sample debug features * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h index ad45383c3..68c434e0e 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -534,9 +534,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -544,17 +547,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1915,9 +1918,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h index 8380309a1..542df5b08 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h index 42ac3cde6..3c152e170 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h @@ -206,11 +206,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -542,9 +542,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -552,17 +555,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1922,9 +1925,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h index 51708c822..8568e5e45 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h index f3f3bda28..cf8897b15 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h @@ -206,11 +206,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -539,9 +539,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -549,17 +552,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1939,9 +1942,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h index 2eb9cce38..a7a2824bc 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h index 23444ccb3..b11a3dc1a 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1915,9 +1918,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h index edefea9c1..86ca7f4fc 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1915,9 +1918,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h index e5d18201e..5d548ffe2 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h index e442a4f66..6584098c5 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1960,9 +1963,7 @@ Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h index 083a056f3..750e11375 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1911,9 +1914,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/RigidBot/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/RigidBot/Configuration.h index 1adc9f018..b41d1e0e6 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/RigidBot/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/RigidBot/Configuration.h @@ -204,11 +204,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -526,9 +526,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -536,17 +539,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1911,9 +1914,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h index db7a0e604..98e3f7432 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/SCARA/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/SCARA/Configuration.h index 99f14d09c..9425e9a24 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/SCARA/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/SCARA/Configuration.h @@ -232,11 +232,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -543,9 +543,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -553,17 +556,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1924,9 +1927,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h index 342182a8c..60f11d9fb 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h index 4ae5c24d1..1beddbc90 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1942,9 +1945,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h index 12f0769fe..519416a47 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h index 3ed62daac..5367c9f1a 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h @@ -223,11 +223,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -581,9 +581,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -591,17 +594,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1970,9 +1973,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h index dbe361bbe..76d50c2c0 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h index 72dbae423..2c2b314ba 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1911,9 +1914,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h index f736b25bd..5aea54f76 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1915,9 +1918,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h index 1405715e7..01ec08246 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 @@ -1063,7 +1074,7 @@ #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 -#endif +#endif // TMC26X // @section tmc_smart @@ -1291,7 +1302,7 @@ #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 -#endif +#endif // L6470 /** * TWI/I2C BUS @@ -1606,10 +1617,11 @@ #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 /** * Sample debug features * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h index 7a3dcd212..e34a5aee0 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1911,9 +1914,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h index 511f1b26a..09d623d80 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -541,9 +541,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -551,17 +554,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1922,9 +1925,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h index 8cc1714aa..17c1282cd 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h @@ -221,11 +221,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -560,9 +560,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -570,17 +573,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1946,9 +1949,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h index c4b067f10..3c35de864 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h @@ -334,15 +334,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -823,6 +828,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -834,6 +841,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -846,6 +855,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h index 2a8d5bf98..e71916ed8 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1912,9 +1915,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h index a18a64400..527c82b26 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h index d9a6ed0df..f5fb4e7ce 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1912,9 +1915,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h index 6cac8b1ce..51f349ea4 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -540,9 +540,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -550,17 +553,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1924,9 +1927,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h index 1ddec9f73..2114cd5c5 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -822,6 +827,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -833,6 +840,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -845,6 +854,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 @@ -1608,10 +1619,11 @@ #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 /** * Sample debug features * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h index b293157a6..50fa169e8 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -530,9 +530,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -540,17 +543,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1917,9 +1920,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2bcbd831 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,2115 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * Choose your version: + */ +// normal size or plus? +//#define ANCYUBIC_KOSSEL_PLUS +// Anycubic Probe version 1 or 2 see README.md; 0 for no probe +#define ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION 0 +// Heated Bed: +// 0 ... no heated bed +// 1 ... aluminium heated bed with "BuildTak-like" sticker +// 2 ... ultrabase heated bed +#define ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED 0 + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + * + */ +#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H +#define CONFIGURATION_H +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010109 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + */ + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the +// example_configurations/delta directory and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in +// example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine. +// + +// @section info + +// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during +// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this +// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware. +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "@brandstaetter, @grbd" // Who made the changes. +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1 +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 "Welcome to ANYCUBIC" // will be shown during bootup in line 2 + +/** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting. + * + * :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT 0 + +/** + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 115200 + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// The following define selects which electronics board you have. +// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14 +#endif + +// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine +// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message +#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ANYCUBIC Kossel" + +// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines) +// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4) +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +/** + * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. + * + * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive + * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable + * for extruders. + * + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + */ +//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER +#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) + // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 steppers + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 steppers +#endif + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 + //#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 } +#endif + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // Delay (ms) for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE 5 // Z-raise before parking + #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 1.3 } // Z-offsets of the two hotends. The first must be 0. +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN + * + * 0 = No Power Switch + * 1 = ATX + * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC) + * + * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' } + */ +#define POWER_SUPPLY 0 + +#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0 + // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup. + // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80. + //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 + #endif + +#endif + +// @section temperature + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * + * Temperature sensors available: + * + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * 0 : not used + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + * + * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" } + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 + +#if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED > 0 + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 +#else + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 +#endif + +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used +// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken. +// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off. +// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure! +// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection. +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning + +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP +#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result. + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. + + // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it + + // Ultimaker + //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 + //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 + + // MakerGear + //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 + //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 + //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 + + // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V + //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 + //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 + //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 + + // Anycubic Kossel - run 'M106 S255' & 'M303 E0 C10 S200' + #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.36 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.63 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.48 + +#endif // PIDTEMP + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control =============== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +#if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED > 0 + #define PIDTEMPBED +#endif +//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + + // Anycubic Kossel + // this is for the aluminium bed with a BuildTak-like sticker on it + // from pid autotune. "M303 E-1 C8 S60" to run autotune on the bed at 60 degreesC for 8 cycles + #if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED == 1 + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 374.03 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi 72.47 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 482.59 + #elif ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED == 2 + // TODO get real PID values for Ultrabase Bed + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 374.03 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi 72.47 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 482.59 + #endif + + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) + //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 + + //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + //from pidautotune + //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPBED + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 750 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section machine + +// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics +// either in the usual order or reversed +//#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Delta Settings ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas +#define DELTA + +#if ENABLED(DELTA) + + // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). + // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) + // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). + #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 80 + + // Convert feedrates to apply to the Effector instead of the Carriages + //#define DELTA_FEEDRATE_SCALING + + // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained + #define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE + + // Delta calibration menu + // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. + // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 + #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU + + // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) + #if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 + #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION + #endif + + // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them + + #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) + // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) + #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) || ENABLED(DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) + // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes + #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - MIN_PROBE_EDGE // mm + // Set the steprate for papertest probing + #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // mm + #endif + + + #if ENABLED(ANCYUBIC_KOSSEL_PLUS) + // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). + #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 116.0 // mm + // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. + #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 271.5 // mm + // Horizontal offset from middle of printer to smooth rod center. + #define DELTA_SMOOTH_ROD_OFFSET 186 // mm + // Horizontal offset of the universal joints on the end effector. + #define DELTA_EFFECTOR_OFFSET 31 // mm + // Horizontal offset of the universal joints on the carriages. + #define DELTA_CARRIAGE_OFFSET 20.6 // mm + // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. + #define DELTA_RADIUS (DELTA_SMOOTH_ROD_OFFSET-(DELTA_EFFECTOR_OFFSET)-(DELTA_CARRIAGE_OFFSET)) //mm Get this value from auto calibrate + #else + // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). + #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 90.0 // mm + // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. + #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // mm + // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. + #define DELTA_RADIUS 97.0 //mm Get this value from auto calibrate + #endif + + // height from z=0 to home position + #define DELTA_HEIGHT 320.00 // get this value from auto calibrate + + #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // get these from auto calibrate + + // Trim adjustments for individual towers + // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 + // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer + #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // get these values from auto calibrate + + // delta radius and diaginal rod adjustments measured in mm + //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } + //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } + +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. +// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the +// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG +#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 + #define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe +#endif +#define USE_XMAX_PLUG +#define USE_YMAX_PLUG +#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] + */ +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Filter + * + * Enable this option if endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * NOTE: Enabling this feature means adds an error of +/-0.2mm, so homing + * will end up at a slightly different position on each G28. This will also + * reduce accuracy of some bed probes. + * For mechanical switches, the better approach to reduce noise is to install + * a 100 nanofarads ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch, making it + * essentially noise-proof without sacrificing accuracy. + * This option also increases MCU load when endstops or the probe are enabled. + * So this is not recommended. USE AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * (This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, since they already include the 100nF capacitor.) + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_FILTER + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +// delta speeds must be the same on xyz +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) + * Override with M92 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] + */ +// variables to calculate steps +#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 +#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 +#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 +#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 + +// delta speeds must be the same on xyz +#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) // 80 +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 96 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) + * Override with M203 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 100, 100, 100, 100} + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 3000, 3000 } + +/** + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +/** + * Default Jerk (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +#define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 +#define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK +#define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta +#define DEFAULT_EJERK DEFAULT_XJERK + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + * + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. + */ +#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN +#endif + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + * + * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min. + * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.) + * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: + * - For simple switches connect... + * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. + * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + * + * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially + * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework. + * + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 0 + #define PROBE_MANUALLY + #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 1.5 +#endif + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 + #define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE +#endif + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +//#define BLTOUCH +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed +#endif + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +#endif +//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// + +/** + * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). + * X and Y offsets must be integers. + * + * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: + * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | | + * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) + * E | | I + * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) + * T | | H + * | (-) | T + * | | + * O-- FRONT --+ + * (0,0) + */ +#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle] +#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle] + +#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 0 + #define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] +#elif ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 1 + #define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -19.0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] +#else + #define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -16.8 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] +#endif + +// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges +#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 + +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z + +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3) + +// The number of probes to perform at each point. +// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result. +// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results. +#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 3 + +/** + * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe + * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY + +#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) + // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, + // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_X 30.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_Y DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_Z 100.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_X 0.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Y DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Z 100.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_X Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_X * 0.75 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_Y Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Y * 0.75 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_Z Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Z + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_X -64.0 // Move the probe into position + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_Y 56.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_Z 23.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_X -64.0 // Push it down + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_Y 56.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_Z 3.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_X -64.0 // Move it up to clear + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_Y 56.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_Z 50.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED + + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_X 0.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_Y 0.0 + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_Z Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_Z + #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED + +#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 25 // Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 25 // Z Clearance between multiple probes +#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 30 // Z position after probing is done + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -40 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST +#endif + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } +#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders + +// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +#define DISABLE_X false +#define DISABLE_Y false +#define DISABLE_Z false +// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled. + +// @section machine + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_X_DIR true +#define INVERT_Y_DIR true +#define INVERT_Z_DIR true + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR true +#define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#define INVERT_E4_DIR false + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed + +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. + +//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max +#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 + +// @section machine + +// The size of the print bed +#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) +#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) + +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) +#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS +#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS +#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 0 + #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +#else +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING +#endif +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable + * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. + */ +#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z + //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #endif + +#endif + +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach). + #define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -(MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) + #define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -(MIN_PROBE_EDGE) + #define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -(MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) + #define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -(MIN_PROBE_EDGE) + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + #define PROBE_PT_1_X -40 + #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 60 + #define PROBE_PT_2_X 40 + #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 60 + #define PROBE_PT_3_X 0 + #define PROBE_PT_3_Y -70 +#endif + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MBL_Z_STEP 0.05 // Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS + +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner +#endif + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing + +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// +//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). +#endif + +// Delta only homes to Z +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// +// EEPROM +// +// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity... +// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM +// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily). +// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to. +// +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// Preheat Constants +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 + +/** + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 0, 0, 20 } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 100 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + * + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + // Default number of pattern repetitions + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + + // Default number of triangles + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + + // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + + // Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 + // Circular pattern circle fragments number + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + + // Moves the nozzle to the initial position + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK +#endif + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +#define PRINTCOUNTER + +//============================================================================= +//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// @section lcd + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, cz_utf8, de, el, el-gr, es, es_utf8, + * eu, fi, fr, fr_utf8, gl, hr, it, kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, + * pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, sk_utf8, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'cz_utf8':'Czech (UTF8)', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'es_utf8':'Spanish (UTF8)', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'fr_utf8':'French (UTF8)', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk_utf8':'Slovak (UTF8)', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Taiwan)', 'test':'TEST' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + * + */ +#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: SPI SPEED + * + * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. + * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + */ +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 3 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S P +// +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +//#define ULTIPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// http://www.inventapart.com/ +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library +// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// http://panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + #define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD // Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 + // A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with + // different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial +// + +// +// LCD for Malyan M200 printers. +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on +// + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 +// +// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key +// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click. +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote +// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ +//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + +// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure +//#define SF_ARC_FIX + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * *** CAUTION *** + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. + * + */ +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +/** + * R/C SERVO support + * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas + */ + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. + */ +//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command + +// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +#endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca6b8355 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,1656 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + * + */ +#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010109 + +// @section temperature + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature: + * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. + * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". + * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F + * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by + * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* + * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. + * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 +#endif + +// Show extra position information in M114 +//#define M114_DETAIL + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled + * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================ Mechanical Settings ========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S + // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results + // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0) + // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so + // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all + // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at + // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]) + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE + + // Default settings in "Auto-park Mode" + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder + #define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + +#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. +#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) +//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially + +// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X + +// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING + +// @section machine + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false} + +// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder +//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. +// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. +// Time can be set by M18 and M84. +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true + +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 + +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated + +// @section lcd + +#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder +#endif + +// @section extras + +// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 + +// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full +// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) +//#define SLOWDOWN + +// Frequency limit +// See nophead's blog for more info +// Not working O +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/sec) + +// +// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting +// +//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION +#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) +//#define DIGIPOT_I2C +#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 +// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. +// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly +#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value +#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value + +//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ +#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again + +// @section lcd + +// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu +#define LCD_INFO_MENU + +// Scroll a longer status message into view +#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + +// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible +//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + +// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus +#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + +// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage +//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) || ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif +#endif // SDSUPPORT || LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + +/** + * LED Control Menu + * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ +//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU +#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif +#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work + // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined + // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. + // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. + // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). + #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place. + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if ENABLED(DOGLCD) + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + +#endif // DOGLCD + +// @section safety + +// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, +// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation. +#define USE_WATCHDOG + +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on. + // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset. + // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled. + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Enable to combine M851 and Babystepping + #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. +#endif + +// @section leveling + +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target +// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move) +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 1 : Minimum for A4988 stepper drivers + * 1 : Minimum for LV8729 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section hidden + +// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. +// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they +// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. +// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 +// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// @section extras + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + * + */ +//#define FWRETRACT // ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 // Default retract Z-lift + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s) +#endif + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for + * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 750 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 650 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 150 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change + + #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps + + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + +#endif + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI pins to + * the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins + * in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library + * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper). + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers + * connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN + * to PDN_UART without a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * You'll also need the TMC2208Stepper Arduino library + * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper). + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC + + #define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130 + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 + + #define X_CURRENT 800 // rms current in mA. Multiply by 1.41 for peak current. + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + + /** + * Use software SPI for TMC2130. + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic TMC2130 and TMC2208 drivers for error conditions, + * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial. + * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant g-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP needs to be enabled. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * Use stallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. + * You need to place a wire from the driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. + * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. + * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. + * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. + * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. + * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only + + #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) + #define X_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #endif + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * M915 Z Axis Calibration + * + * - Adjust Z stepper current, + * - Drive the Z axis to its physical maximum, and + * - Home Z to account for the lost steps. + * + * Use M915 Snn to specify the current. + * Use M925 Znn to add extra Z height to Z_MAX_POS. + */ + //#define TMC_Z_CALIBRATION + #if ENABLED(TMC_Z_CALIBRATION) + #define CALIBRATION_CURRENT 250 + #define CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 10 + #endif + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ + * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // TMC2130 || TMC2208 + +// @section L6470 + +/** + * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * + * The Arduino-L6470 library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall + + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + +#endif + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +// @section i2cbus + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave + +// @section extras + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop + #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false + #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction + + /** + * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power + * + * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT + * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 + * + * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) + */ + + #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + + //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 + //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins + */ +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" + + #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for PLA" + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for ABS" + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" + + #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" + #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" +#endif + +/** + * Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + */ +//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff" + +/** + * Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + */ +//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause" +//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume" + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reilabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behaviour. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE + +#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5caf6dd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# Readme + +These configurations activate many of the new advanced features of the Marlin firmware: + + * Auto Calibration + * Auto Bed Leveling + * Pause & Filament Change + +**Important**: Before doing anything else after updating the firmware, go to `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Initialize EEPROM` to get rid of old configurations. + +Then you should execute `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Set Delta Height` and also run `Configuration > Delta Configuration > Probe Z-offset` to verify the Probe offset. + +After that you should connect the Z-Probe and start `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Auto Calibration`. When it's done don't forget to also do `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Store Settings` to make it permanent. + +You should also do a `Motion > Bed Leveling > Level bed` followed by `Store Settings` to ensure a perfect leveling. + +Please do a manual paper test (moving the nozzle slowly down to Z0 and checking with a piece of paper). If it's not perfect, use `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Probe Z Offset` to correct the difference and execute the calibration again. + + +# Select the Configuration + +**Please select the correct values at the start of the Configuration.h file** + +The Kossel comes in 3 versions: + + * Pulley + * Linear + * Linear Plus + +Pulley and Linear use the same configuration, the Linear Plus is bigger and uses slightly different configurations. + +Typically the probes for the Anycubic Delta Kossel printers come in two different versions. + + * Version 1: Z Probe Offset of -19.0mm + + ![Version 1 Probe](images/Version1Probe.jpg) + + * Version 2: Z Probe Offset of -16.8mm + + ![Version 2 Probe](images/Version2Probe.jpg) + +If you select the `ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION 0`: It's very important to follow the correct procedure to set it up after flashing the firmware, otherwise you might damage the printer by ramming the nozzle into the buildplate: + +* `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Initialize EEPROM` +* `Motion > Move Axis > Soft Endstops` : `Off` +* Auto Home and slowly move the nozzle down until it barely touches the bed. (Do a paper-test: A normal sheet of paper should just feel the drag of the nozzle) and note this number. +* Subtract this number from the value in `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Delta Settings > Height`. (If it's negative, add it). +* Save and try the paper test again to verify your height. +* `Configuration > Store Settings` +* Motion > Bed Leveling (using paper test) diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..953373b1a Binary files /dev/null and b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg differ diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1f4baf2f Binary files /dev/null and b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg differ diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h index c579abc67..ae35dd573 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -606,9 +606,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -616,17 +619,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -2047,9 +2050,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h index cab535cbe..d63294ac4 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -822,6 +827,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -833,6 +840,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -845,6 +854,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h index 1c037b18a..30046380a 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -606,9 +606,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -616,17 +619,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -2046,9 +2049,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h index e55a98446..420ed5721 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -822,6 +827,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -833,6 +840,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -845,6 +854,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h index 079532465..eb268b6e1 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -606,9 +606,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -616,17 +619,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -2045,9 +2048,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h index 017d8bea6..19376d980 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -822,6 +827,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -833,6 +840,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -845,6 +854,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h index 1df8b5961..9dade8f35 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h @@ -206,11 +206,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -611,9 +611,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -621,17 +624,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -2048,9 +2051,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/generic/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/generic/Configuration.h index 920a0d2b2..cdd3e713f 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/generic/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/generic/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -596,9 +596,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -606,17 +609,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -2033,9 +2036,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h index 017d8bea6..19376d980 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -822,6 +827,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -833,6 +840,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -845,6 +854,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h index f868d837f..6e29ccb9c 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -596,9 +596,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -606,17 +609,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -2035,9 +2038,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h index 017d8bea6..19376d980 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -822,6 +827,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -833,6 +840,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -845,6 +854,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h index 652cb2439..c9874d0d7 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -582,9 +582,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -592,17 +595,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -2036,9 +2039,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration_adv.h index 9c38fb0c4..5a2aeec8e 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration_adv.h @@ -336,15 +336,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -827,6 +832,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -838,6 +845,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -850,6 +859,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h index ca2e9f4a0..e59459e0c 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -600,9 +600,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -610,17 +613,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -2036,9 +2039,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h index 29e706171..5bee3c391 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -822,6 +827,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -833,6 +840,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -845,6 +854,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h index 6ece6deae..259033856 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h @@ -206,11 +206,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -543,9 +543,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -553,17 +556,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1925,9 +1928,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300, 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h index 207f1dbdb..2735f6ef7 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/hangprinter/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/hangprinter/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e320298f --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/hangprinter/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,2094 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + * + */ +#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H +#define CONFIGURATION_H +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010109 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + */ + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the +// example_configurations/delta directory and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in +// example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= HANGPRINTER ================================= +//=========================================================================== +// For a Hangprinter start with the configuration file in the +// example_configurations/hangprinter directory and customize for your machine. +// + +// @section info + +// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during +// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this +// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware. +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1 +#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2 + +/** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + +// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting. + * + * :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT 0 + +/** + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 250000 + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// The following define selects which electronics board you have. +// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB +#endif + +// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine +// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message +#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Hangprinter" + +// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines) +// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4) +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// With Hangprinter, max number of extruders is 4 +// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +/** + * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. + * + * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive + * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable + * for extruders. + * + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + */ +//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER +#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) + // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 steppers + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 steppers +#endif + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 + //#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 } +#endif + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // Delay (ms) for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE 5 // Z-raise before parking + #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 1.3 } // Z-offsets of the two hotends. The first must be 0. +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN + * + * 0 = No Power Switch + * 1 = ATX + * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC) + * + * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' } + */ +#define POWER_SUPPLY 1 + +#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0 + // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup. + // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80. + //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 + #endif + +#endif + +// @section temperature + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * + * Temperature sensors available: + * + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * 0 : not used + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + * + * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" } + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 // Setting gotten from wiki.e3d-online.net instructions for V6 hot end +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. + +// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used +// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken. +// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off. +// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure! +// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection. +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning + +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP +#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result. + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. + + // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it + + // Hangprinter (Volcano, e3d V6, RAMPS, 120W power supply) + #define DEFAULT_Kp 39.76 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.26 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 121.18 + + // Ultimaker + //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 + //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 + + // MakerGear + //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 + //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 + //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 + + // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V + //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 + //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 + //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 + +#endif // PIDTEMP + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control =============== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +//#define PIDTEMPBED + +//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 + + //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + //from pidautotune + //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 + //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPBED + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section machine + +// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics +// either in the usual order or reversed +//#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Hangprinter Settings ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +// This value is used whether LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE is enabled or not. +#define DEFAULT_E_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT 410.0 // 410.0 set quite at random + +// Enable HANGPRINTER kinematics and most of the default configuration for Hangprinters +#define HANGPRINTER +#if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define KINEMATIC_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 40 + #define HANGPRINTER_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 1500.0 + // Anchor position coordinates + // ANCHOR_A_X = 0 by definition. Left out of all calculations + #define ANCHOR_A_Y -1234 + #define ANCHOR_A_Z -12 + #define ANCHOR_B_X 1234 + #define ANCHOR_B_Y 123 + #define ANCHOR_B_Z -12 + #define ANCHOR_C_X -1234 + #define ANCHOR_C_Y 1234 + #define ANCHOR_C_Z -12 + #define ANCHOR_D_Z 1234 + + // Disable this if you plan to place your anchors at unconventional places + // See SanityCheck.h for exact definition of the tested convention + // Warning: For this to work, don't use decimal points in the ANCHOR_ABCD_XYZ definitions. + #define CONVENTIONAL_GEOMETRY + + /** + * Line buildup compensation feature + * For documentation of theory behind, see: + * https://vitana.se/opr3d/tbear/2017.html#hangprinter_project_29 + * + * Lets you use more info about your lines and spools to improve accuracy and print volume. + * The amount of D-compensation at 3 m height is ~75 mm for a 0.5 mm line setup. + * + * If you plan on printing > 2 m you should definitely enable this + * and check that your motors wind/unwind close to exact amounts. + * + * Check by putting your printer in home position and wind/unwind using + * G6 S2 A2000 + * Note that this requires UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT, + * and that your printer will be confused about where it is after a G6 move + */ + #define LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE + #if ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) + // Allows gearing down with pulley principle + #define MECHANICAL_ADVANTAGE { 1, 1, 1, 1 } + + // The point where line meets mover is called action point + #define ACTION_POINTS { 2, 2, 2, 3 } + + /** + * Naive buildup factor calculation (assumes cylindrical, straight line) + * line diameter: 0.5 mm + * spool height: 8.0 mm + * (line_cross_section_area)/(height*pi): ((0.5/2)*(0.5/2)*pi)/(8.0*pi) = 0.0078 mm + * + * Default buildup factor for 0.50 mm FireLine: 0.0078 + * Default buildup factor for 0.39 mm FireLine: 0.00475 + * In practice you might want to compensate a bit more or a bit less + */ + #define SPOOL_BUILDUP_FACTOR 0.0078 + + /** + * Total length of lines on each spool + * Default assumes all nine lines are cut to length 7500 mm. + * Change to whatever length you have cut your different lines to. + */ + #define MOUNTED_LINE { 7500.0, 7500.0, 7500.0, 4000.0 } + + // Measuring your spool radii and adjusting this number will improve your Hangprinter's precision + #define SPOOL_RADII { 55.0, 55.0, 55.0, 55.0 } + + // Used for calculating steps per spool radian and the static steps per mm used in acceleration planning + #define MOTOR_GEAR_TEETH { 10, 10, 10, 10 } + #define SPOOL_GEAR_TEETH { 100, 100, 100, 100 } + + #endif // LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE +#endif // HANGPRINTER + +// Activate G6: Direct Stepper Move +// Super useful when Hangprinting +#define UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT + +/** + * == Torque mode: G95 [ A B C D ] == + * Sets your Mechaduino-driven and i2c-connected Mechaduino in torque mode. + * Parameters: A, B, C, and D, each with argument +-[1-254] for specifying magnitude of torque. + * The argument 0 is special and places motor back into position mode. + * + * Changing the sign of the argument changes the torque direction. + * A positive sign or no sign should tigthen line by winding line inwards, onto the spool. + * + * If several motors are simultaneously in torque mode, the mover can be pushed around by hand. + * This is useful when homing manually (placing nozzle in origin and tightening lines). + * + * Try for example: + * G95 A40 B40 C40 D30 + * Now push mover until nozzle is in origo. + * Then go back to position mode: + * G95 A0 B0 C0 D0 + * Re-establish correct G0/G1-moves + * G92 X0 Y0 Z0 + * + * Your Hangprinter will be confused about where it is during/after G95. + * This is the reason for the G92 in the above example. + * + * == Mark reference point: G96 [ A B C D ] == + * Tells the Mechaduino to read it's encoder value and remember it. + * This encoder position will be used as reference point when issuing M114 S1 later. + * If one or several of [ A B C D ] parameters are issued, then only those axes get their reference points marked. + * + * == Get line length from encoder: M114 S1 == + * Asks all Mechaduinos how much encoders have rotated since the last G96. + * Uses that data to calculate how much line has been wound in or out. + * Takes line buildup into account if LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE is enabled, + * but the compensation will be imperfect if configured anchor positions are imperfect + * or if the machine was not at the origin with tight lines when the previous G96 was issued. + */ +#define MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. +// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the +// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe +//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] + */ +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Filter + * + * Enable this option if endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * NOTE: Enabling this feature means adds an error of +/-0.2mm, so homing + * will end up at a slightly different position on each G28. This will also + * reduce accuracy of some bed probes. + * For mechanical switches, the better approach to reduce noise is to install + * a 100 nanofarads ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch, making it + * essentially noise-proof without sacrificing accuracy. + * This option also increases MCU load when endstops or the probe are enabled. + * So this is not recommended. USE AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * (This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, since they already include the 100nF capacitor.) + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_FILTER + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) + * Override with M92 + * LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE overrides ABCD values + * A B C D + */ +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 92.599, 92.599, 92.599, 92.599, DEFAULT_E_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT } + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) + * Override with M203 + * A B C D E + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 300, 25 } + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * A B C D E + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000, 10000 } + +/** + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 900 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 900 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +/** + * Default Jerk (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +#define DEFAULT_AJERK 13.0 +#define DEFAULT_BJERK 13.0 +#define DEFAULT_CJERK 13.0 +#define DEFAULT_DJERK 13.0 +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + * + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. + */ +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + * + * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min. + * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.) + * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: + * - For simple switches connect... + * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. + * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + * + * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially + * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework. + * + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +//#define PROBE_MANUALLY +//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +//#define BLTOUCH +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed +#endif + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +#endif +//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// + +/** + * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). + * X and Y offsets must be integers. + * + * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: + * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | | + * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) + * E | | I + * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) + * T | | H + * | (-) | T + * | | + * O-- FRONT --+ + * (0,0) + */ +#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle] +#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle] +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -3.5 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] + +// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges +#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 + +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST DUMMY_HOMING_FEEDRATE + +// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) + +// The number of probes to perform at each point. +// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result. +// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results. +//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes +//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } +#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders + +// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +// Never disable any motors on a Hangprinter +#define DISABLE_X false +#define DISABLE_Y false +#define DISABLE_Z false +// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER false // Keep only the active extruder enabled. + +// @section machine + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_A_DIR false +#define INVERT_B_DIR true +#define INVERT_C_DIR false +#define INVERT_D_DIR false + +#define INVERT_X_DIR INVERT_A_DIR +#define INVERT_Y_DIR INVERT_B_DIR +#define INVERT_Z_DIR INVERT_C_DIR +#if EXTRUDERS == 1 + #define INVERT_E1_DIR INVERT_D_DIR +#elif EXTRUDERS == 2 + #define INVERT_E2_DIR INVERT_D_DIR +#elif EXTRUDERS == 3 + #define INVERT_E3_DIR INVERT_D_DIR +#elif EXTRUDERS == 4 + #define INVERT_E4_DIR INVERT_D_DIR +#endif + +// Enable this option for Toshiba stepper drivers +//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR false +#if EXTRUDERS != 1 + #define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#endif +#if EXTRUDERS != 2 + #define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#endif +#if EXTRUDERS != 3 + #define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#endif +#if EXTRUDERS != 4 + #define INVERT_E4_DIR false +#endif + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Don't use with Hangprinter + +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. + +//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // Doesn't make sense for Hangprinter since it doesn't move while homing +#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 + +// @section machine + +// The size of the print bed +#define X_BED_SIZE ((HANGPRINTER_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) +#define Y_BED_SIZE ((HANGPRINTER_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) + +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +#define X_MIN_POS -(HANGPRINTER_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) +#define Y_MIN_POS -(HANGPRINTER_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define X_MAX_POS HANGPRINTER_PRINTABLE_RADIUS +#define Y_MAX_POS HANGPRINTER_PRINTABLE_RADIUS +#define Z_MAX_POS (ANCHOR_D_Z - 300.0) + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +// Don't use with Hangprinter +//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +// Don't use with Hangprinter +//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable + * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. + */ +//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z + //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + + // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach). + #define HANGPRINTER_PROBEABLE_RADIUS (HANGPRINTER_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - 10) + + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #endif + +#endif + +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach). + #define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION -(HANGPRINTER_PROBEABLE_RADIUS) + #define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION HANGPRINTER_PROBEABLE_RADIUS + #define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION -(HANGPRINTER_PROBEABLE_RADIUS) + #define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION HANGPRINTER_PROBEABLE_RADIUS + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + #define _PX(R,A) (R) * cos(RADIANS(A)) + #define _PY(R,A) (R) * sin(RADIANS(A)) + #define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X _PX(HANGPRINTER_PROBEABLE_RADIUS, 0) // Probing points for 3-Point leveling of the mesh + #define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y _PY(HANGPRINTER_PROBEABLE_RADIUS, 0) + #define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X _PX(HANGPRINTER_PROBEABLE_RADIUS, 120) + #define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y _PY(HANGPRINTER_PROBEABLE_RADIUS, 120) + #define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X _PX(HANGPRINTER_PROBEABLE_RADIUS, 240) + #define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y _PY(HANGPRINTER_PROBEABLE_RADIUS, 240) +#endif + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS + +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner +#endif + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For HANGPRINTER this is the bottom-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 + +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// +//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). +#endif + +// Hangprinter doesn't have automatic homing +#define DUMMY_HOMING_FEEDRATE (200*60) + +// Homing speeds (mm/m) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// +// EEPROM +// +// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity... +// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM +// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily). +// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to. +// +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// Preheat Constants +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 + +/** + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + * + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + // Default number of pattern repetitions + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + + // Default number of triangles + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + + // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + + // Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 + // Circular pattern circle fragments number + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + + // Moves the nozzle to the initial position + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK +#endif + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +//#define PRINTCOUNTER + +//============================================================================= +//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// @section lcd + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, cz_utf8, de, el, el-gr, es, es_utf8, + * eu, fi, fr, fr_utf8, gl, hr, it, kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, + * pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, sk_utf8, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'cz_utf8':'Czech (UTF8)', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'es_utf8':'Spanish (UTF8)', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'fr_utf8':'French (UTF8)', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk_utf8':'Slovak (UTF8)', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Taiwan)', 'test':'TEST' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + * + */ +//#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: SPI SPEED + * + * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. + * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + */ +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED +//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +//#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S P +// +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +//#define ULTIPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// http://www.inventapart.com/ +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library +// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// http://panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + #define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD // Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 + // A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with + // different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial +// + +// +// LCD for Malyan M200 printers. +// This requires SDSUPPORT to be enabled +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on +// + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 +// +// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key +// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click. +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote +// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ +//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + +// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure +//#define SF_ARC_FIX + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * *** CAUTION *** + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. + * + */ +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +/** + * R/C SERVO support + * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas + */ + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. + */ +//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command + +// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +#endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/hangprinter/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/hangprinter/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d94e5eda --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/hangprinter/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,1707 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + * + */ +#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010109 + +// @section temperature + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature: + * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. + * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". + * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F + * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by + * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* + * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. + * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 +#endif + +// Show extra position information in M114 +//#define M114_DETAIL + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled + * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================ Mechanical Settings ========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Never uncomment this on a Hangprinter. + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * (A, B, C, or D for Hangprinter). + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. + */ + +// This is the A motor on Hangprinter +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +// This is the B motor on Hangprinter +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +// This is the C motor on Hangprinter +//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S + // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results + // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0) + // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so + // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all + // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at + // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]) + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE + + // Default settings in "Auto-park Mode" + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder + #define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + +#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. +#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) +//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially + +// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X + +// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING + +// @section machine + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false} + +// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder +//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define INVERT_A_STEP_PIN false + #define INVERT_B_STEP_PIN false + #define INVERT_C_STEP_PIN false + #define INVERT_D_STEP_PIN false +#endif +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. +// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. +// Time can be set by M18 and M84. +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X false // Hangprinter is hard coded to never disable its ABCD-motors, even if true would be specified here +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y false +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true // Enabling/disabling E-stepper works as normal with Hangprinter + +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 + +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated + +// @section lcd + +#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder +#endif + +// @section extras + +// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 + +// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full +// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) +//#define SLOWDOWN + +// Frequency limit +// See nophead's blog for more info +// Not working O +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/sec) + +// +// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting +// +//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION +#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * + * Hangprinter note: the below arrays might need another element to match ABCD/ABCDE + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) +//#define DIGIPOT_I2C +#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 +// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. +// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly +#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value +#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value + +//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ +#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again + +// @section lcd + +// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu +//#define LCD_INFO_MENU + +// Scroll a longer status message into view +//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + +// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible +//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + +// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus +//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + +// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage +//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) || ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif +#endif // SDSUPPORT || LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + +/** + * LED Control Menu + * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ +//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU +#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif +#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work + // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined + // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. + // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. + // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). + #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place. + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if ENABLED(DOGLCD) + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + +#endif // DOGLCD + +// @section safety + +// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, +// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation. +#define USE_WATCHDOG + +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on. + // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset. + // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled. + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +//#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Enable to combine M851 and Babystepping + //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. +#endif + +// @section leveling + +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target +// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move) +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 1 : Minimum for A4988 stepper drivers + * 1 : Minimum for LV8729 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section hidden + +// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. +// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they +// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. +// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 +// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// @section extras + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + * + */ +//#define FWRETRACT // ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 // Default retract Z-lift + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s) +#endif + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for + * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change + + //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps + + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + +#endif // TMC26X + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI pins to + * the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins + * in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library + * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper). + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers + * connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN + * to PDN_UART without a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * You'll also need the TMC2208Stepper Arduino library + * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper). + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC + + #define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130 + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 + + #define X_CURRENT 800 // rms current in mA. Multiply by 1.41 for peak current. + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + + /** + * Use software SPI for TMC2130. + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic TMC2130 and TMC2208 drivers for error conditions, + * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial. + * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant g-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP needs to be enabled. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * Use stallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. + * You need to place a wire from the driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. + * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. + * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. + * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. + * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. + * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only + + #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) + #define X_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #endif + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * M915 Z Axis Calibration + * + * - Adjust Z stepper current, + * - Drive the Z axis to its physical maximum, and + * - Home Z to account for the lost steps. + * + * Use M915 Snn to specify the current. + * Use M925 Znn to add extra Z height to Z_MAX_POS. + */ + //#define TMC_Z_CALIBRATION + #if ENABLED(TMC_Z_CALIBRATION) + #define CALIBRATION_CURRENT 250 + #define CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 10 + #endif + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ + * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // TMC2130 || TMC2208 + +// @section L6470 + +/** + * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * + * The Arduino-L6470 library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall + + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + +#endif // L6470 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +// @section i2cbus + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave + +// @section extras + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop + #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false + #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction + + /** + * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power + * + * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT + * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 + * + * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) + */ + + #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + + //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 + //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins + */ +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" + + #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for PLA" + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for ABS" + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" + + #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" + #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" +#endif + +/** + * Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + */ +//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff" + +/** + * Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume. + * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'. + * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + */ +//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause" +//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume" + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reilabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behaviour. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +// @section Mechaduino + +#if ENABLED(MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS) + #define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Do not act as a slave + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define A_IS_MECHADUINO + #define B_IS_MECHADUINO + #define C_IS_MECHADUINO + #define D_IS_MECHADUINO + #define A_MOTOR_I2C_ADDR 0x0A + #define B_MOTOR_I2C_ADDR 0x0B + #define C_MOTOR_I2C_ADDR 0x0C + #define D_MOTOR_I2C_ADDR 0x0D + #define A_INVERT_REPORTED_ANGLE false // Angle reports from Mechaduino encoder sent via i2c are used by + #define B_INVERT_REPORTED_ANGLE false // M114 S1 + #define C_INVERT_REPORTED_ANGLE false // which is used in Hangprinter auto anchor localization + #define D_INVERT_REPORTED_ANGLE false + #else + #define X_IS_MECHADUINO + #define Y_IS_MECHADUINO + #define Z_IS_MECHADUINO + #define X_MOTOR_I2C_ADDR 0x0A + #define Y_MOTOR_I2C_ADDR 0x0B + #define Z_MOTOR_I2C_ADDR 0x0C + #define X_INVERT_REPORTED_ANGLE false + #define Y_INVERT_REPORTED_ANGLE false + #define Z_INVERT_REPORTED_ANGLE false + #endif + //#define E_IS_MECHADUINO + //#define E_MOTOR_I2C_ADDR 0x0E + //#define E_INVERT_REPORTED_ANGLE false +#endif + +#if ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) || ENABLED(MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS) + // 1/16 microstepping on 200 step/rev motor gives 16*200=3200 microsteps/rev + #define STEPS_PER_MOTOR_REVOLUTION 3200 +#endif + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE + +#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/makibox/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/makibox/Configuration.h index a704f296d..d84544218 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/makibox/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/makibox/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -533,9 +533,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -543,17 +546,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1914,9 +1917,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/makibox/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/makibox/Configuration_adv.h index 64f47ec4a..756a972eb 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/makibox/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/makibox/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h index 5ef59db09..448b0c3eb 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -519,9 +519,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -529,17 +532,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1906,9 +1909,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h index 302c54256..96b3d776d 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -820,6 +825,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -831,6 +838,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/wt150/Configuration.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/wt150/Configuration.h index 2823590d9..6a66cbc14 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/wt150/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/wt150/Configuration.h @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ /** * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors. + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder. - * - This implementation supports only a single extruder. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). */ //#define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -535,9 +535,12 @@ #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** - * Specify Stepper Driver types - * The options are used to determine driver pulse timings as well as more advanced functionality. - * Stepper timing options can be overridden in Configuration_adv.h + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, @@ -545,17 +548,17 @@ * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -1916,9 +1919,7 @@ // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } -// Servo deactivation -// -// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter. +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE #endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/Marlin/example_configurations/wt150/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/example_configurations/wt150/Configuration_adv.h index ccf1c96b1..1aa252bef 100644 --- a/Marlin/example_configurations/wt150/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/example_configurations/wt150/Configuration_adv.h @@ -331,15 +331,20 @@ #endif #endif -// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers. -// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which -// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage -// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug. +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - // Configuration for second X-carriage - // Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop; - // the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop. + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position @@ -821,6 +826,8 @@ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 @@ -832,6 +839,8 @@ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 @@ -844,6 +853,8 @@ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ //#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 diff --git a/Marlin/fwretract.cpp b/Marlin/fwretract.cpp index 997e49a7f..7723fcd1c 100644 --- a/Marlin/fwretract.cpp +++ b/Marlin/fwretract.cpp @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting #endif } SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position[z] ", current_position[Z_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position[e] ", current_position[E_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position[e] ", current_position[E_CART]); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("hop_amount ", hop_amount); //*/ @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting renormalize = RECIPROCAL(planner.e_factor[active_extruder]), base_retract = swapping ? swap_retract_length : retract_length, old_z = current_position[Z_AXIS], - old_e = current_position[E_AXIS]; + old_e = current_position[E_CART]; // The current position will be the destination for E and Z moves set_destination_from_current(); @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting if (retracting) { // Retract by moving from a faux E position back to the current E position feedrate_mm_s = retract_feedrate_mm_s; - destination[E_AXIS] -= base_retract * renormalize; + destination[E_CART] -= base_retract * renormalize; prepare_move_to_destination(); // set_current_to_destination // Is a Z hop set, and has the hop not yet been done? @@ -160,14 +160,14 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting hop_amount = 0.0; // Clear the hop amount } - destination[E_AXIS] += (base_retract + (swapping ? swap_retract_recover_length : retract_recover_length)) * renormalize; + destination[E_CART] += (base_retract + (swapping ? swap_retract_recover_length : retract_recover_length)) * renormalize; feedrate_mm_s = swapping ? swap_retract_recover_feedrate_mm_s : retract_recover_feedrate_mm_s; prepare_move_to_destination(); // Recover E, set_current_to_destination } feedrate_mm_s = old_feedrate_mm_s; // Restore original feedrate current_position[Z_AXIS] = old_z; // Restore Z and E positions - current_position[E_AXIS] = old_e; + current_position[E_CART] = old_e; SYNC_PLAN_POSITION_KINEMATIC(); // As if the move never took place retracted[active_extruder] = retracting; // Active extruder now retracted / recovered @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting #endif } SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position[z] ", current_position[Z_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position[e] ", current_position[E_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position[e] ", current_position[E_CART]); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("hop_amount ", hop_amount); //*/ diff --git a/Marlin/language.h b/Marlin/language.h index f16c7242a..d0eea744a 100644 --- a/Marlin/language.h +++ b/Marlin/language.h @@ -149,23 +149,23 @@ #define MSG_RESEND "Resend: " #define MSG_UNKNOWN_COMMAND "Unknown command: \"" #define MSG_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER "Active Extruder: " -#define MSG_X_MIN "x_min: " -#define MSG_X_MAX "x_max: " -#define MSG_X2_MIN "x2_min: " -#define MSG_X2_MAX "x2_max: " -#define MSG_Y_MIN "y_min: " -#define MSG_Y_MAX "y_max: " -#define MSG_Y2_MIN "y2_min: " -#define MSG_Y2_MAX "y2_max: " -#define MSG_Z_MIN "z_min: " -#define MSG_Z_MAX "z_max: " -#define MSG_Z2_MIN "z2_min: " -#define MSG_Z2_MAX "z2_max: " -#define MSG_Z_PROBE "z_probe: " +#define MSG_X_MIN "x_min" +#define MSG_X_MAX "x_max" +#define MSG_X2_MIN "x2_min" +#define MSG_X2_MAX "x2_max" +#define MSG_Y_MIN "y_min" +#define MSG_Y_MAX "y_max" +#define MSG_Y2_MIN "y2_min" +#define MSG_Y2_MAX "y2_max" +#define MSG_Z_MIN "z_min" +#define MSG_Z_MAX "z_max" +#define MSG_Z2_MIN "z2_min" +#define MSG_Z2_MAX "z2_max" +#define MSG_Z_PROBE "z_probe" +#define MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR "filament" #define MSG_PROBE_Z_OFFSET "Probe Z Offset" #define MSG_SKEW_MIN "min_skew_factor: " #define MSG_SKEW_MAX "max_skew_factor: " -#define MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR "filament: " #define MSG_ERR_MATERIAL_INDEX "M145 S out of range (0-1)" #define MSG_ERR_M355_NONE "No case light" #define MSG_ERR_M421_PARAMETERS "M421 incorrect parameter usage" diff --git a/Marlin/language_cz_utf8.h b/Marlin/language_cz_utf8.h index a3cabe115..e76c947e4 100644 --- a/Marlin/language_cz_utf8.h +++ b/Marlin/language_cz_utf8.h @@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ #define MSG_SD_INSERTED _UxGT("Karta vložena") #define MSG_SD_REMOVED _UxGT("Karta vyjmuta") #define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstopy") // max 8 znaku +#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Soft Endstopy") #define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Hlavní nabídka") #define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Autostart") #define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Uvolnit motory") @@ -253,11 +254,13 @@ #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pozastavit tisk") #define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Obnovit tisk") #define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Zastavit tisk") +#define MSG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY _UxGT("Obnova vypadku") #define MSG_CARD_MENU _UxGT("Tisknout z SD") #define MSG_NO_CARD _UxGT("Žádná SD karta") #define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Uspáno...") #define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Čekání na uživ...") #define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Tisk pozastaven") +#define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("Tisknu...") #define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Tisk zrušen") #define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Žádný pohyb.") #define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("PŘERUSENO. ") @@ -293,8 +296,10 @@ #define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") #define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Endstop abort") #define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Chyba zahřívání") +#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Chyba zahř. podl.") #define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("REDUND. TEPLOTA") #define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("TEPLOTNÍ SKOK") +#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("PODL. TEPL. SKOK") #define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("VYSOKÁ TEPLOTA") #define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("NÍZKA TEPLOTA") #define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("VYS. TEPL. PODL.") @@ -306,7 +311,9 @@ #define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") #define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") #define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Zahřívání...") +#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Chlazení") #define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Zahřívání podl...") +#define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Chlazení podl...") #define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Kalibrace") #define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Kalibrovat X") #define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Kalibrovat Y") @@ -315,6 +322,7 @@ #define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Delta nastavení") #define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Autokalibrace") #define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Nast.výšku delty") +#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Nast. Z-ofset") #define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Diag rameno") #define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Výška") #define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Poloměr") diff --git a/Marlin/language_en.h b/Marlin/language_en.h index 577171b0d..c23f4634a 100644 --- a/Marlin/language_en.h +++ b/Marlin/language_en.h @@ -1058,6 +1058,9 @@ #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Insert and Click") #endif + #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 + #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Click to heat") + #endif #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Heating...") #endif diff --git a/Marlin/language_fr.h b/Marlin/language_fr.h index eda672f0d..fe3e6c8c7 100644 --- a/Marlin/language_fr.h +++ b/Marlin/language_fr.h @@ -59,13 +59,13 @@ #define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Prechauffage PLA") #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Prechauff. PLA ") #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL _UxGT("Prech. PLA Tout") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" fini") +#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" buse") #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT("Prech. PLA lit") #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT("Regl. prech. PLA") #define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Prechauffage ABS") #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Prechauff. ABS ") #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL _UxGT("Prech. ABS Tout") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" fini") +#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" buse") #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT("Prech. ABS lit") #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT("Regl. prech. ABS") #define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Refroidir") diff --git a/Marlin/language_fr_utf8.h b/Marlin/language_fr_utf8.h index 5d49c059b..12e841ba8 100644 --- a/Marlin/language_fr_utf8.h +++ b/Marlin/language_fr_utf8.h @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #define MSG_SD_REMOVED _UxGT("Carte retirée") #define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Butées") // Max length 8 characters #define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menu principal") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Demarrage auto") +#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Démarrage auto") #define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Arrêter moteurs") #define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Menu debug") #define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Test barre progress.") @@ -60,18 +60,18 @@ #define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Préchauffage PLA") #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Préchauff. PLA ") #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL _UxGT("Préch. PLA Tout") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" fini") +#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" buse") #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT("Préch. PLA lit") #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT("Régl. prech. PLA") #define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Préchauffage ABS") #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Préchauff. ABS ") #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL _UxGT("Préch. ABS Tout") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" fini") +#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" buse") #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT("Préch. ABS lit") #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT("Régl. prech. ABS") #define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Refroidir") #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Allumer alim.") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Eteindre alim.") +#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Éteindre alim.") #define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extrusion") #define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retrait") #define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Déplacer un axe") @@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ #define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("Outils UBL") #define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Niveau lit unifié") #define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Maillage manuel") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Poser câle & mesurer") +#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Poser cale & mesurer") #define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Mesure") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("ôter et mesurer lit") +#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Ôter et mesurer lit") #define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Aller au suivant") #define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Activer l'UBL") #define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Désactiver l'UBL") @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ #define MSG_UBL_CUSTOM_BED_TEMP MSG_UBL_SET_BED_TEMP #define MSG_UBL_SET_HOTEND_TEMP _UxGT("Température buse") #define MSG_UBL_CUSTOM_HOTEND_TEMP MSG_UBL_SET_HOTEND_TEMP -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Editer maille") -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Editer maille perso") +#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Éditer maille") +#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Éditer maille perso") #define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Réglage fin maille") #define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Terminer maille") #define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Créer maille perso") @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ #define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Indigo") #define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Violet") #define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Blanc") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Defaut") +#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Défaut") #define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Lum. perso.") #define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Intensité rouge") #define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Intensité vert") diff --git a/Marlin/macros.h b/Marlin/macros.h index 9479788aa..a081744f7 100644 --- a/Marlin/macros.h +++ b/Marlin/macros.h @@ -23,13 +23,18 @@ #ifndef MACROS_H #define MACROS_H -#define NUM_AXIS 4 -#define ABCE 4 -#define XYZE 4 -#define ABC 3 -#define XYZ 3 +#define XYZ 3 +#define XYZE 4 +#define ABC 3 +#define ABCD 4 +#define ABCE 4 +#define ABCDE 5 -// For use in macros that take a single axis letter +/** + * For use in macros that take a single axis letter + * The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E + * For Hangprinter it is A, B, C, D, E + */ #define _AXIS(A) (A##_AXIS) #define _XMIN_ 100 diff --git a/Marlin/nozzle.cpp b/Marlin/nozzle.cpp index 8bff692e4..3e2607c58 100644 --- a/Marlin/nozzle.cpp +++ b/Marlin/nozzle.cpp @@ -161,9 +161,11 @@ #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - void Nozzle::park(const uint8_t &z_action, const point_t &park /*= NOZZLE_PARK_POINT*/) { - const float fr_xy = NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE; - const float fr_z = NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE; + constexpr float npp[] = NOZZLE_PARK_POINT; + static_assert(COUNT(npp) == XYZ, "NOZZLE_PARK_POINT requires X, Y, and Z values."); + + void Nozzle::park(const uint8_t &z_action, const point_t &park/*=NOZZLE_PARK_POINT*/) { + const float fr_xy = NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE, fr_z = NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE; switch (z_action) { case 1: // Go to Z-park height diff --git a/Marlin/pca9632.cpp b/Marlin/pca9632.cpp index 2b4ee7f40..4c339f460 100644 --- a/Marlin/pca9632.cpp +++ b/Marlin/pca9632.cpp @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ static void PCA9632_WriteAllRegisters(const byte addr, const byte regadd, const #endif void pca9632_set_led_color(const LEDColor &color) { + Wire.begin(); if (!PCA_init) { PCA_init = 1; - Wire.begin(); PCA9632_WriteRegister(PCA9632_ADDRESS,PCA9632_MODE1, PCA9632_MODE1_VALUE); PCA9632_WriteRegister(PCA9632_ADDRESS,PCA9632_MODE2, PCA9632_MODE2_VALUE); } diff --git a/Marlin/pins.h b/Marlin/pins.h index 20ba513a5..b32eeb75b 100644 --- a/Marlin/pins.h +++ b/Marlin/pins.h @@ -696,6 +696,7 @@ // Dual X-carriage, Dual Y, Dual Z support // +#define _D_PINS #define _X2_PINS #define _Y2_PINS #define _Z2_PINS @@ -703,16 +704,64 @@ #define __EPIN(p,q) E##p##_##q##_PIN #define _EPIN(p,q) __EPIN(p,q) +// The HANGPRINTER A, B, C, D axes +#if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define A_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN + #define A_DIR_PIN X_DIR_PIN + #define A_STEP_PIN X_STEP_PIN + #define A_MS1_PIN X_MS1_PIN + + #define B_ENABLE_PIN Y_ENABLE_PIN + #define B_DIR_PIN Y_DIR_PIN + #define B_STEP_PIN Y_STEP_PIN + #define B_MS1_PIN Y_MS1_PIN + + #define C_ENABLE_PIN Z_ENABLE_PIN + #define C_DIR_PIN Z_DIR_PIN + #define C_STEP_PIN Z_STEP_PIN + #define C_MS1_PIN Z_MS1_PIN + + #ifndef D_STEP_PIN + #define D_STEP_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, STEP) + #define D_DIR_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, DIR) + #define D_ENABLE_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, ENABLE) + #ifndef D_CS_PIN + #define D_CS_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, CS) + #endif + #ifndef D_MS1_PIN + #define D_MS1_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, MS1) + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS >= MAX_EXTRUDERS || !PIN_EXISTS(D_ENABLE) + #error "No E stepper plug left for D Axis!" + #endif + #endif + #undef _D_PINS + #define ___D_PINS D_STEP_PIN, D_DIR_PIN, D_ENABLE_PIN, + #ifdef D_CS_PIN + #define __D_PINS ___D_PINS D_CS_PIN, + #else + #define __D_PINS ___D_PINS + #endif + #ifdef D_MS1_PIN + #define _D_PINS __D_PINS D_MS1_PIN, + #else + #define _D_PINS __D_PINS + #endif + #define X2_E_INDEX INCREMENT(E_STEPPERS) +#else + #define X2_E_INDEX E_STEPPERS +#endif + // The X2 axis, if any, should be the next open extruder port #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) || ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) #ifndef X2_STEP_PIN - #define X2_STEP_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, STEP) - #define X2_DIR_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, DIR) - #define X2_ENABLE_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, ENABLE) + #define X2_STEP_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, STEP) + #define X2_DIR_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, DIR) + #define X2_ENABLE_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, ENABLE) #ifndef X2_CS_PIN - #define X2_CS_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, CS) + #define X2_CS_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, CS) #endif - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 || !PIN_EXISTS(X2_ENABLE) + #if X2_E_INDEX >= MAX_EXTRUDERS || !PIN_EXISTS(X2_ENABLE) #error "No E stepper plug left for X2!" #endif #endif @@ -723,9 +772,9 @@ #else #define _X2_PINS __X2_PINS #endif - #define Y2_E_INDEX INCREMENT(E_STEPPERS) + #define Y2_E_INDEX INCREMENT(X2_E_INDEX) #else - #define Y2_E_INDEX E_STEPPERS + #define Y2_E_INDEX X2_E_INDEX #endif // The Y2 axis, if any, should be the next open extruder port @@ -737,7 +786,7 @@ #ifndef Y2_CS_PIN #define Y2_CS_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, CS) #endif - #if Y2_E_INDEX > 4 || !PIN_EXISTS(Y2_ENABLE) + #if Y2_E_INDEX >= MAX_EXTRUDERS || !PIN_EXISTS(Y2_ENABLE) #error "No E stepper plug left for Y2!" #endif #endif @@ -762,7 +811,7 @@ #ifndef Z2_CS_PIN #define Z2_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, CS) #endif - #if Z2_E_INDEX > 4 || !PIN_EXISTS(Z2_ENABLE) + #if Z2_E_INDEX >= MAX_EXTRUDERS || !PIN_EXISTS(Z2_ENABLE) #error "No E stepper plug left for Z2!" #endif #endif @@ -782,7 +831,7 @@ PS_ON_PIN, HEATER_BED_PIN, FAN_PIN, FAN1_PIN, FAN2_PIN, CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN, \ _E0_PINS _E1_PINS _E2_PINS _E3_PINS _E4_PINS BED_PINS \ _H0_PINS _H1_PINS _H2_PINS _H3_PINS _H4_PINS \ - _X2_PINS _Y2_PINS _Z2_PINS \ + _D_PINS _X2_PINS _Y2_PINS _Z2_PINS \ } #define HAS_DIGIPOTSS (PIN_EXISTS(DIGIPOTSS)) diff --git a/Marlin/pinsDebug_list.h b/Marlin/pinsDebug_list.h index e19858d52..b72c26dfe 100644 --- a/Marlin/pinsDebug_list.h +++ b/Marlin/pinsDebug_list.h @@ -443,6 +443,18 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FIL_RUNOUT_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT3) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FIL_RUNOUT3_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT4) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FIL_RUNOUT4_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT5) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FIL_RUNOUT5_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_0) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, HEATER_0_PIN) #endif diff --git a/Marlin/pins_ANET_10.h b/Marlin/pins_ANET_10.h index bdd277e35..a8cbd5f29 100644 --- a/Marlin/pins_ANET_10.h +++ b/Marlin/pins_ANET_10.h @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ * REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER */ -#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD) && ENABLED(NEWPANEL) +#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD) #define LCD_SDSS 28 #if ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) #define SERVO0_PIN 27 // free for BLTouch/3D-Touch @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ #endif #else #define SERVO0_PIN 27 -#endif // ULTRA_LCD && NEWPANEL +#endif /** * ==================================================================== diff --git a/Marlin/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h b/Marlin/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h index 428dc047c..e3f67059f 100644 --- a/Marlin/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h +++ b/Marlin/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h @@ -118,7 +118,10 @@ #ifndef FAN_PIN #define FAN_PIN 8 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 6 + +#ifndef FAN1_PIN + #define FAN1_PIN 6 +#endif // // Misc. Functions diff --git a/Marlin/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h b/Marlin/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h index e98596350..f783d83c6 100644 --- a/Marlin/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h +++ b/Marlin/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ // // MOSFET changes // +#define RAMPS_D9_PIN 8 // FAN (by default) #define RAMPS_D10_PIN 9 // EXTRUDER 1 #define MOSFET_D_PIN 12 // EXTRUDER 2 or FAN diff --git a/Marlin/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h b/Marlin/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h index 70b0a930a..80ce3bc98 100644 --- a/Marlin/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h +++ b/Marlin/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h @@ -30,7 +30,52 @@ #define IS_RAMPS_EFB -#define FAN2_PIN 44 -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 44 +// FAN0 / D9 - Typically used for the part fan on Anycubic Delta devices +#define FAN_PIN 9 + +// FAN1 / D7 - Typically unused, can be allocated as Case Fan + +// FAN2 / D44 - Typical Extruder Fan on Anycubic Delta devices +#define FAN2_PIN 44 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 44 #include "pins_RAMPS.h" + +// TODO 1.4 boards do have an E1 stepper driver. However the pin definitions +// from pins_RAMPS.h are incorrect for this board. e.g., Pin 44 is the Extruder fan. +#undef E1_STEP_PIN +#undef E1_DIR_PIN +#undef E1_ENABLE_PIN +#undef E1_CS_PIN + +// +// AnyCubic made the following changes to 1.1.0-RC8 +// If these are appropriate for your LCD let us know. +// +#if 0 && ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD) + + // LCD Display output pins + #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) && ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) + #undef LCD_PINS_D6 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 57 + #endif + + // LCD Display input pins + #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) + #if ENABLED(VIKI2) || ENABLED(miniVIKI) + #undef DOGLCD_A0 + #define DOGLCD_A0 23 + #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) + #undef BEEPER_PIN + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #undef LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 67 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) + #undef BEEPER_PIN + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #undef DOGLCD_A0 + #define DOGLCD_A0 42 + #endif + +#endif // ULTRA_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/pins_ULTIMAKER.h b/Marlin/pins_ULTIMAKER.h index 4b6488aed..23941a162 100644 --- a/Marlin/pins_ULTIMAKER.h +++ b/Marlin/pins_ULTIMAKER.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 13 // UNTESTED +#define SERVO0_PIN 11 // // Limit Switches diff --git a/Marlin/planner.cpp b/Marlin/planner.cpp index b17d4bab6..e21c50126 100644 --- a/Marlin/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/planner.cpp @@ -100,13 +100,13 @@ volatile uint8_t Planner::block_buffer_head, // Index of the next block to be uint16_t Planner::cleaning_buffer_counter; // A counter to disable queuing of blocks uint8_t Planner::delay_before_delivering; // This counter delays delivery of blocks when queue becomes empty to allow the opportunity of merging blocks -uint32_t Planner::max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[XYZE_N], // (mm/s^2) M201 XYZE - Planner::max_acceleration_steps_per_s2[XYZE_N], // (steps/s^2) Derived from mm_per_s2 - Planner::min_segment_time_us; // (µs) M205 B +uint32_t Planner::max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[NUM_AXIS_N], // (mm/s^2) M201 XYZE + Planner::max_acceleration_steps_per_s2[NUM_AXIS_N], // (steps/s^2) Derived from mm_per_s2 + Planner::min_segment_time_us; // (µs) M205 Q -float Planner::max_feedrate_mm_s[XYZE_N], // (mm/s) M203 XYZE - Max speeds - Planner::axis_steps_per_mm[XYZE_N], // (steps) M92 XYZE - Steps per millimeter - Planner::steps_to_mm[XYZE_N], // (mm) Millimeters per step +float Planner::max_feedrate_mm_s[NUM_AXIS_N], // (mm/s) M203 XYZE - Max speeds + Planner::axis_steps_per_mm[NUM_AXIS_N], // (steps) M92 XYZE - Steps per millimeter + Planner::steps_to_mm[NUM_AXIS_N], // (mm) Millimeters per step Planner::min_feedrate_mm_s, // (mm/s) M205 S - Minimum linear feedrate Planner::acceleration, // (mm/s^2) M204 S - Normal acceleration. DEFAULT ACCELERATION for all printing moves. Planner::retract_acceleration, // (mm/s^2) M204 R - Retract acceleration. Filament pull-back and push-forward while standing still in the other axes @@ -123,7 +123,14 @@ float Planner::max_feedrate_mm_s[XYZE_N], // (mm/s) M203 XYZE - Max speeds #endif #endif #else - float Planner::max_jerk[XYZE]; // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZE - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. + float Planner::max_jerk[NUM_AXIS]; // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZE - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. +#endif + +#if ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) + float Planner::k0[MOV_AXIS], + Planner::k1[MOV_AXIS], + Planner::k2[MOV_AXIS], + Planner::sqrtk1[MOV_AXIS]; #endif #if ENABLED(ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED) @@ -206,7 +213,7 @@ float Planner::previous_speed[NUM_AXIS], #endif #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - float Planner::position_float[XYZE]; // Needed for accurate maths. Steps cannot be used! + float Planner::position_float[NUM_AXIS]; // Needed for accurate maths. Steps cannot be used! #endif #if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD) @@ -1137,7 +1144,13 @@ void Planner::recalculate() { float high = 0.0; for (uint8_t b = block_buffer_tail; b != block_buffer_head; b = next_block_index(b)) { block_t* block = &block_buffer[b]; - if (block->steps[X_AXIS] || block->steps[Y_AXIS] || block->steps[Z_AXIS]) { + if ( + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + block->steps[A_AXIS] || block->steps[B_AXIS] || block->steps[C_AXIS] || block->steps[D_AXIS] + #else + block->steps[X_AXIS] || block->steps[Y_AXIS] || block->steps[Z_AXIS] + #endif + ) { const float se = (float)block->steps[E_AXIS] / block->step_event_count * SQRT(block->nominal_speed_sqr); // mm/sec; NOLESS(high, se); } @@ -1514,6 +1527,9 @@ float Planner::get_axis_position_mm(const AxisEnum axis) { #else axis_steps = stepper.position(axis); #endif + #if ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) + if (axis != E_AXIS) return (sq(axis_steps / k0[axis] + sqrtk1[axis]) - k1[axis]) / k2[axis]; + #endif return axis_steps * steps_to_mm[axis]; } @@ -1522,23 +1538,34 @@ float Planner::get_axis_position_mm(const AxisEnum axis) { */ void Planner::synchronize() { while (has_blocks_queued() || cleaning_buffer_counter) idle(); } +#if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + #define COUNT_MOVE count_it +#else + #define COUNT_MOVE true +#endif + /** * Planner::_buffer_steps * * Add a new linear movement to the planner queue (in terms of steps). * - * target - target position in steps units - * fr_mm_s - (target) speed of the move - * extruder - target extruder - * millimeters - the length of the movement, if known + * target - target position in steps units + * target_float - target position in mm (HAS_POSITION_FLOAT) + * fr_mm_s - (target) speed of the move + * extruder - target extruder + * millimeters - the length of the movement, if known + * count_it - apply this move to the counters (UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) * * Returns true if movement was properly queued, false otherwise */ -bool Planner::_buffer_steps(const int32_t (&target)[XYZE] +bool Planner::_buffer_steps(const int32_t (&target)[NUM_AXIS] #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - , const float (&target_float)[XYZE] + , const float (&target_float)[NUM_AXIS] + #endif + , float fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters/*=0.0*/ + #if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + , const bool count_it/*=true*/ #endif - , float fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters ) { // If we are cleaning, do not accept queuing of movements @@ -1554,6 +1581,9 @@ bool Planner::_buffer_steps(const int32_t (&target)[XYZE] , target_float #endif , fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters + #if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + , count_it + #endif )) { // Movement was not queued, probably because it was too short. // Simply accept that as movement queued and done @@ -1585,24 +1615,33 @@ bool Planner::_buffer_steps(const int32_t (&target)[XYZE] * * Fills a new linear movement in the block (in terms of steps). * - * target - target position in steps units - * fr_mm_s - (target) speed of the move - * extruder - target extruder + * target - target position in steps units + * target_float - target position in mm (HAS_POSITION_FLOAT) + * fr_mm_s - (target) speed of the move + * extruder - target extruder + * millimeters - the length of the movement, if known + * count_it - apply this move to the counters (UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) * * Returns true is movement is acceptable, false otherwise */ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, - const int32_t (&target)[XYZE] + const int32_t (&target)[NUM_AXIS] #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - , const float (&target_float)[XYZE] + , const float (&target_float)[NUM_AXIS] #endif , float fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters/*=0.0*/ + #if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + , const bool count_it/*=true*/ + #endif ) { const int32_t da = target[A_AXIS] - position[A_AXIS], db = target[B_AXIS] - position[B_AXIS], - dc = target[C_AXIS] - position[C_AXIS]; - + dc = target[C_AXIS] - position[C_AXIS] + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + , dd = target[D_AXIS] - position[D_AXIS] + #endif + ; int32_t de = target[E_AXIS] - position[E_AXIS]; /* <-- add a slash to enable @@ -1622,10 +1661,12 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, if (de) { #if ENABLED(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION) if (thermalManager.tooColdToExtrude(extruder)) { - position[E_AXIS] = target[E_AXIS]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part - #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - position_float[E_AXIS] = target_float[E_AXIS]; - #endif + if (COUNT_MOVE) { + position[E_AXIS] = target[E_AXIS]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part + #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT + position_float[E_AXIS] = target_float[E_AXIS]; + #endif + } de = 0; // no difference SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_ERR_COLD_EXTRUDE_STOP); @@ -1633,10 +1674,12 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, #endif // PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) if (ABS(de * e_factor[extruder]) > (int32_t)axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N] * (EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH)) { // It's not important to get max. extrusion length in a precision < 1mm, so save some cycles and cast to int - position[E_AXIS] = target[E_AXIS]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part - #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - position_float[E_AXIS] = target_float[E_AXIS]; - #endif + if (COUNT_MOVE) { + position[E_AXIS] = target[E_AXIS]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part + #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT + position_float[E_AXIS] = target_float[E_AXIS]; + #endif + } de = 0; // no difference SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP); @@ -1665,6 +1708,11 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, if (dc < 0) SBI(dm, Z_HEAD); // ...and Z if (db + dc < 0) SBI(dm, B_AXIS); // Motor B direction if (CORESIGN(db - dc) < 0) SBI(dm, C_AXIS); // Motor C direction + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + if (da < 0) SBI(dm, A_AXIS); + if (db < 0) SBI(dm, B_AXIS); + if (dc < 0) SBI(dm, C_AXIS); + if (dd < 0) SBI(dm, D_AXIS); #else if (da < 0) SBI(dm, X_AXIS); if (db < 0) SBI(dm, Y_AXIS); @@ -1681,6 +1729,11 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // Set direction bits block->direction_bits = dm; + // Specify if block is to be counted or not + #if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + block->count_it = count_it; + #endif + // Number of steps for each axis // See http://www.corexy.com/theory.html #if CORE_IS_XY @@ -1699,6 +1752,11 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, block->steps[A_AXIS] = ABS(da); block->steps[B_AXIS] = ABS(db); block->steps[Z_AXIS] = ABS(dc); + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + block->steps[A_AXIS] = ABS(da); + block->steps[B_AXIS] = ABS(db); + block->steps[C_AXIS] = ABS(dc); + block->steps[D_AXIS] = ABS(dd); #else // default non-h-bot planning block->steps[A_AXIS] = ABS(da); @@ -1707,7 +1765,14 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, #endif block->steps[E_AXIS] = esteps; - block->step_event_count = MAX4(block->steps[A_AXIS], block->steps[B_AXIS], block->steps[C_AXIS], esteps); + + block->step_event_count = ( + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + MAX5(block->steps[A_AXIS], block->steps[B_AXIS], block->steps[C_AXIS], block->steps[D_AXIS], esteps) + #else + MAX4(block->steps[A_AXIS], block->steps[B_AXIS], block->steps[C_AXIS], esteps) + #endif + ); // Bail if this is a zero-length block if (block->step_event_count < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT) return false; @@ -1715,13 +1780,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // For a mixing extruder, get a magnified esteps for each #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MIXING_STEPPERS; i++) - block->mix_steps[i] = mixing_factor[i] * ( - #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - esteps - #else - block->step_event_count - #endif - ); + block->mix_steps[i] = mixing_factor[i] * esteps; #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 @@ -1761,7 +1820,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, enable_Z(); } if (block->steps[X_AXIS]) enable_X(); - #else + #elif DISABLED(HANGPRINTER) // Hangprinters X, Y, Z, E0 axes should always be enabled anyways if (block->steps[X_AXIS]) enable_X(); if (block->steps[Y_AXIS]) enable_Y(); #if DISABLED(Z_LATE_ENABLE) @@ -1902,14 +1961,21 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, delta_mm[C_AXIS] = CORESIGN(db - dc) * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; #endif #else - float delta_mm[ABCE]; + float delta_mm[NUM_AXIS]; delta_mm[A_AXIS] = da * steps_to_mm[A_AXIS]; delta_mm[B_AXIS] = db * steps_to_mm[B_AXIS]; delta_mm[C_AXIS] = dc * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + delta_mm[D_AXIS] = dd * steps_to_mm[D_AXIS]; + #endif #endif delta_mm[E_AXIS] = esteps_float * steps_to_mm[E_AXIS_N]; - if (block->steps[A_AXIS] < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT && block->steps[B_AXIS] < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT && block->steps[C_AXIS] < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT) { + if (block->steps[A_AXIS] < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT && block->steps[B_AXIS] < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT && block->steps[C_AXIS] < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + && block->steps[D_AXIS] < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT + #endif + ) { block->millimeters = ABS(delta_mm[E_AXIS]); } else if (!millimeters) { @@ -1920,6 +1986,8 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, sq(delta_mm[X_HEAD]) + sq(delta_mm[Y_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm[Z_HEAD]) #elif CORE_IS_YZ sq(delta_mm[X_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm[Y_HEAD]) + sq(delta_mm[Z_HEAD]) + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + sq(delta_mm[A_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm[B_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm[C_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm[D_AXIS]) #else sq(delta_mm[X_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm[Y_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm[Z_AXIS]) #endif @@ -2005,7 +2073,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // Calculate and limit speed in mm/sec for each axis float current_speed[NUM_AXIS], speed_factor = 1.0f; // factor <1 decreases speed - LOOP_XYZE(i) { + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(i) { const float cs = ABS((current_speed[i] = delta_mm[i] * inverse_secs)); #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) if (i == E_AXIS) i += extruder; @@ -2053,7 +2121,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // Correct the speed if (speed_factor < 1.0f) { - LOOP_XYZE(i) current_speed[i] *= speed_factor; + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(i) current_speed[i] *= speed_factor; block->nominal_rate *= speed_factor; block->nominal_speed_sqr = block->nominal_speed_sqr * sq(speed_factor); } @@ -2061,7 +2129,11 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // Compute and limit the acceleration rate for the trapezoid generator. const float steps_per_mm = block->step_event_count * inverse_millimeters; uint32_t accel; - if (!block->steps[A_AXIS] && !block->steps[B_AXIS] && !block->steps[C_AXIS]) { + if (!block->steps[A_AXIS] && !block->steps[B_AXIS] && !block->steps[C_AXIS] + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + && !block->steps[D_AXIS] + #endif + ) { // convert to: acceleration steps/sec^2 accel = CEIL(retract_acceleration * steps_per_mm); #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) @@ -2148,12 +2220,18 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, LIMIT_ACCEL_LONG(A_AXIS, 0); LIMIT_ACCEL_LONG(B_AXIS, 0); LIMIT_ACCEL_LONG(C_AXIS, 0); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + LIMIT_ACCEL_LONG(D_AXIS, 0); + #endif LIMIT_ACCEL_LONG(E_AXIS, ACCEL_IDX); } else { LIMIT_ACCEL_FLOAT(A_AXIS, 0); LIMIT_ACCEL_FLOAT(B_AXIS, 0); LIMIT_ACCEL_FLOAT(C_AXIS, 0); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + LIMIT_ACCEL_FLOAT(D_AXIS, 0); + #endif LIMIT_ACCEL_FLOAT(E_AXIS, ACCEL_IDX); } } @@ -2289,7 +2367,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, float safe_speed = nominal_speed; uint8_t limited = 0; - LOOP_XYZE(i) { + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(i) { const float jerk = ABS(current_speed[i]), // cs : Starting from zero, change in speed for this axis maxj = max_jerk[i]; // mj : The max jerk setting for this axis if (jerk > maxj) { // cs > mj : New current speed too fast? @@ -2321,7 +2399,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // Now limit the jerk in all axes. const float smaller_speed_factor = vmax_junction / previous_nominal_speed; - LOOP_XYZE(axis) { + LOOP_NUM_AXIS(axis) { // Limit an axis. We have to differentiate: coasting, reversal of an axis, full stop. float v_exit = previous_speed[axis] * smaller_speed_factor, v_entry = current_speed[axis]; @@ -2381,12 +2459,22 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, COPY(previous_speed, current_speed); previous_nominal_speed_sqr = block->nominal_speed_sqr; - // Update the position - static_assert(COUNT(target) > 1, "Parameter to _buffer_steps must be (&target)[XYZE]!"); - COPY(position, target); - #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - COPY(position_float, target_float); - #endif + // Update the position (only when a move was queued) + static_assert(COUNT(target) > 1, "Parameter to _populate_block must be (&target)[" + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + "ABCD" + #else + "XYZ" + #endif + "E]!" + ); + + if (COUNT_MOVE) { + COPY(position, target); + #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT + COPY(position_float, target_float); + #endif + } // Movement was accepted return true; @@ -2409,6 +2497,9 @@ void Planner::buffer_sync_block() { block->position[A_AXIS] = position[A_AXIS]; block->position[B_AXIS] = position[B_AXIS]; block->position[C_AXIS] = position[C_AXIS]; + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + block->position[D_AXIS] = position[D_AXIS]; + #endif block->position[E_AXIS] = position[E_AXIS]; // If this is the first added movement, reload the delay, otherwise, cancel it. @@ -2438,7 +2529,15 @@ void Planner::buffer_sync_block() { * extruder - target extruder * millimeters - the length of the movement, if known */ -bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, const float &e, const float &fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters/*=0.0*/) { +bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + , const float &d + #endif + , const float &e, const float &fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters/*=0.0*/ + #if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + , bool count_it /* = true */ + #endif +) { // If we are cleaning, do not accept queuing of movements if (cleaning_buffer_counter) return false; @@ -2453,23 +2552,40 @@ bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, con // The target position of the tool in absolute steps // Calculate target position in absolute steps - const int32_t target[ABCE] = { - LROUND(a * axis_steps_per_mm[A_AXIS]), - LROUND(b * axis_steps_per_mm[B_AXIS]), - LROUND(c * axis_steps_per_mm[C_AXIS]), + const int32_t target[NUM_AXIS] = { + #if ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) + LROUND(k0[A_AXIS] * (SQRT(k1[A_AXIS] + a * k2[A_AXIS]) - sqrtk1[A_AXIS])), + LROUND(k0[B_AXIS] * (SQRT(k1[B_AXIS] + b * k2[B_AXIS]) - sqrtk1[B_AXIS])), + LROUND(k0[C_AXIS] * (SQRT(k1[C_AXIS] + c * k2[C_AXIS]) - sqrtk1[C_AXIS])), + LROUND(k0[D_AXIS] * (SQRT(k1[D_AXIS] + d * k2[D_AXIS]) - sqrtk1[D_AXIS])), + #else + LROUND(a * axis_steps_per_mm[A_AXIS]), + LROUND(b * axis_steps_per_mm[B_AXIS]), + LROUND(c * axis_steps_per_mm[C_AXIS]), + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + LROUND(d * axis_steps_per_mm[D_AXIS]), + #endif + #endif LROUND(e * axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N]) }; #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - const float target_float[XYZE] = { a, b, c, e }; + const float target_float[NUM_AXIS] = { a, b, c + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + , d + #endif + , e + }; #endif // DRYRUN prevents E moves from taking place if (DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) { - position[E_AXIS] = target[E_AXIS]; - #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - position_float[E_AXIS] = e; - #endif + if (COUNT_MOVE) { + position[E_AXIS] = target[E_AXIS]; + #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT + position_float[E_AXIS] = e; + #endif + } } /* <-- add a slash to enable @@ -2487,13 +2603,18 @@ bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, con #endif SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position[Y_AXIS]); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target[Y_AXIS]); - #if ENABLED(DELTA) + #if ENABLED(DELTA) || ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") C:", c); #else SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") Z:", c); #endif SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position[Z_AXIS]); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target[Z_AXIS]); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") D:", d); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position[D_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target[D_AXIS]); + #endif SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") E:", e); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position[E_AXIS]); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target[E_AXIS]); @@ -2501,12 +2622,15 @@ bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, con //*/ // Queue the movement - if ( + if ( !_buffer_steps(target #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT , target_float #endif , fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters + #if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + , count_it + #endif ) ) return false; @@ -2521,18 +2645,41 @@ bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, con * On CORE machines stepper ABC will be translated from the given XYZ. */ -void Planner::_set_position_mm(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, const float &e) { +void Planner::_set_position_mm(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + , const float &d + #endif + , const float &e +) { #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) last_extruder = active_extruder; #endif - position[A_AXIS] = LROUND(a * axis_steps_per_mm[A_AXIS]), - position[B_AXIS] = LROUND(b * axis_steps_per_mm[B_AXIS]), - position[C_AXIS] = LROUND(c * axis_steps_per_mm[C_AXIS]), + #if ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) + position[A_AXIS] = LROUND(k0[A_AXIS] * (SQRT(k1[A_AXIS] + a * k2[A_AXIS]) - sqrtk1[A_AXIS])), + position[B_AXIS] = LROUND(k0[B_AXIS] * (SQRT(k1[B_AXIS] + b * k2[B_AXIS]) - sqrtk1[B_AXIS])), + position[C_AXIS] = LROUND(k0[C_AXIS] * (SQRT(k1[C_AXIS] + c * k2[C_AXIS]) - sqrtk1[C_AXIS])), + position[D_AXIS] = LROUND(k0[D_AXIS] * (SQRT(k1[D_AXIS] + d * k2[D_AXIS]) - sqrtk1[D_AXIS])), + #else + position[A_AXIS] = LROUND(a * axis_steps_per_mm[A_AXIS]); + position[B_AXIS] = LROUND(b * axis_steps_per_mm[B_AXIS]); + position[C_AXIS] = LROUND(axis_steps_per_mm[C_AXIS] * (c + ( + #if !IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + leveling_active ? ubl.get_z_correction(a, b) : + #endif + 0) + )); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + position[D_AXIS] = LROUND(d * axis_steps_per_mm[D_AXIS]), + #endif + #endif position[E_AXIS] = LROUND(e * axis_steps_per_mm[_EINDEX]); #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT position_float[A_AXIS] = a; position_float[B_AXIS] = b; position_float[C_AXIS] = c; + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + position_float[D_AXIS] = d; + #endif position_float[E_AXIS] = e; #endif if (has_blocks_queued()) { @@ -2541,21 +2688,32 @@ void Planner::_set_position_mm(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, c buffer_sync_block(); } else - stepper.set_position(position[A_AXIS], position[B_AXIS], position[C_AXIS], position[E_AXIS]); + stepper.set_position(position[A_AXIS], position[B_AXIS], position[C_AXIS], + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + position[D_AXIS], + #endif + position[E_AXIS] + ); } void Planner::set_position_mm_kinematic(const float (&cart)[XYZE]) { #if PLANNER_LEVELING float raw[XYZ] = { cart[X_AXIS], cart[Y_AXIS], cart[Z_AXIS] }; apply_leveling(raw); + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + float raw[XYZ] = { cart[X_AXIS], cart[Y_AXIS], cart[Z_AXIS] }; #else const float (&raw)[XYZE] = cart; #endif #if IS_KINEMATIC inverse_kinematics(raw); - _set_position_mm(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], cart[E_AXIS]); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + _set_position_mm(line_lengths[A_AXIS], line_lengths[B_AXIS], line_lengths[C_AXIS], line_lengths[D_AXIS], cart[E_CART]); + #else + _set_position_mm(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], cart[E_CART]); + #endif #else - _set_position_mm(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], cart[E_AXIS]); + _set_position_mm(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], cart[E_CART]); #endif } @@ -2569,14 +2727,17 @@ void Planner::set_position_mm(const AxisEnum axis, const float &v) { #else const uint8_t axis_index = axis; #endif - position[axis] = LROUND(v * axis_steps_per_mm[axis_index]); + position[axis] = LROUND(axis_steps_per_mm[axis_index] * (v + ( + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + axis == Z_AXIS && leveling_active ? ubl.get_z_correction(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS]) : + #endif + 0) + )); #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT position_float[axis] = v; #endif - if (has_blocks_queued()) { - //previous_speed[axis] = 0.0; + if (has_blocks_queued()) buffer_sync_block(); - } else stepper.set_position(axis, position[axis]); } @@ -2589,7 +2750,7 @@ void Planner::reset_acceleration_rates() { #define AXIS_CONDITION true #endif uint32_t highest_rate = 1; - LOOP_XYZE_N(i) { + LOOP_NUM_AXIS_N(i) { max_acceleration_steps_per_s2[i] = max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[i] * axis_steps_per_mm[i]; if (AXIS_CONDITION) NOLESS(highest_rate, max_acceleration_steps_per_s2[i]); } @@ -2601,7 +2762,7 @@ void Planner::reset_acceleration_rates() { // Recalculate position, steps_to_mm if axis_steps_per_mm changes! void Planner::refresh_positioning() { - LOOP_XYZE_N(i) steps_to_mm[i] = 1.0f / axis_steps_per_mm[i]; + LOOP_NUM_AXIS_N(i) steps_to_mm[i] = 1.0f / axis_steps_per_mm[i]; set_position_mm_kinematic(current_position); reset_acceleration_rates(); } diff --git a/Marlin/planner.h b/Marlin/planner.h index fd06be588..c4d459de9 100644 --- a/Marlin/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/planner.h @@ -76,6 +76,10 @@ typedef struct { volatile uint8_t flag; // Block flags (See BlockFlag enum above) - Modified by ISR and main thread! + #if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + bool count_it; + #endif + // Fields used by the motion planner to manage acceleration float nominal_speed_sqr, // The nominal speed for this block in (mm/sec)^2 entry_speed_sqr, // Entry speed at previous-current junction in (mm/sec)^2 @@ -188,12 +192,12 @@ class Planner { // May be auto-adjusted by a filament width sensor #endif - static uint32_t max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[XYZE_N], // (mm/s^2) M201 XYZE - max_acceleration_steps_per_s2[XYZE_N], // (steps/s^2) Derived from mm_per_s2 - min_segment_time_us; // (µs) M205 B - static float max_feedrate_mm_s[XYZE_N], // (mm/s) M203 XYZE - Max speeds - axis_steps_per_mm[XYZE_N], // (steps) M92 XYZE - Steps per millimeter - steps_to_mm[XYZE_N], // (mm) Millimeters per step + static uint32_t max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[NUM_AXIS_N], // (mm/s^2) M201 XYZE + max_acceleration_steps_per_s2[NUM_AXIS_N], // (steps/s^2) Derived from mm_per_s2 + min_segment_time_us; // (µs) M205 Q + static float max_feedrate_mm_s[NUM_AXIS_N], // (mm/s) M203 XYZE - Max speeds + axis_steps_per_mm[NUM_AXIS_N], // (steps) M92 XYZE - Steps per millimeter + steps_to_mm[NUM_AXIS_N], // (mm) Millimeters per step min_feedrate_mm_s, // (mm/s) M205 S - Minimum linear feedrate acceleration, // (mm/s^2) M204 S - Normal acceleration. DEFAULT ACCELERATION for all printing moves. retract_acceleration, // (mm/s^2) M204 R - Retract acceleration. Filament pull-back and push-forward while standing still in the other axes @@ -210,7 +214,19 @@ class Planner { #endif #endif #else - static float max_jerk[XYZE]; // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZE - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. + static float max_jerk[NUM_AXIS]; // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZE - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. + #endif + + #if ENABLED(LINE_BUILDUP_COMPENSATION_FEATURE) + /* + * Parameters for calculating target[] + * See buildup compensation theory: + * https://vitana.se/opr3d/tbear/2017.html#hangprinter_project_29 + */ + static float k0[MOV_AXIS], + k1[MOV_AXIS], + k2[MOV_AXIS], + sqrtk1[MOV_AXIS]; #endif #if HAS_LEVELING @@ -230,7 +246,7 @@ class Planner { #endif #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - static float position_float[XYZE]; + static float position_float[NUM_AXIS]; #endif #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) @@ -429,11 +445,17 @@ class Planner { #define ARG_X float rx #define ARG_Y float ry #define ARG_Z float rz + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define ARG_E1 float re1 + #endif static void unapply_leveling(float raw[XYZ]); #else #define ARG_X const float &rx #define ARG_Y const float &ry #define ARG_Z const float &rz + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define ARG_E1 const float &re1 + #endif #endif // Number of moves currently in the planner including the busy block, if any @@ -477,14 +499,18 @@ class Planner { * fr_mm_s - (target) speed of the move * extruder - target extruder * millimeters - the length of the movement, if known + * count_it - apply this move to the counters (UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) * * Returns true if movement was buffered, false otherwise */ - static bool _buffer_steps(const int32_t (&target)[XYZE] + static bool _buffer_steps(const int32_t (&target)[NUM_AXIS] #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - , const float (&target_float)[XYZE] + , const float (&target_float)[NUM_AXIS] #endif , float fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters=0.0 + #if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + , const bool count_it=true + #endif ); /** @@ -496,15 +522,19 @@ class Planner { * fr_mm_s - (target) speed of the move * extruder - target extruder * millimeters - the length of the movement, if known + * count_it - apply this move to the counters (UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) * * Returns true is movement is acceptable, false otherwise */ static bool _populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, - const int32_t (&target)[XYZE] + const int32_t (&target)[NUM_AXIS] #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - , const float (&target_float)[XYZE] + , const float (&target_float)[NUM_AXIS] #endif , float fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters=0.0 + #if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + , const bool count_it=true + #endif ); /** @@ -521,13 +551,28 @@ class Planner { * Leveling and kinematics should be applied ahead of calling this. * * a,b,c,e - target positions in mm and/or degrees + * (a, b, c, d, e for Hangprinter) * fr_mm_s - (target) speed of the move * extruder - target extruder * millimeters - the length of the movement, if known + * count_it - remember this move in its counters (UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) */ - static bool buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, const float &e, const float &fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters=0.0); + static bool buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + const float &d, + #endif + const float &e, const float &fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters=0.0 + #if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + , bool count_it=true + #endif + ); - static void _set_position_mm(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, const float &e); + static void _set_position_mm(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + const float &d, + #endif + const float &e + ); /** * Add a new linear movement to the buffer. @@ -538,15 +583,26 @@ class Planner { * (Cartesians may also call buffer_line_kinematic.) * * rx,ry,rz,e - target position in mm or degrees + * (rx, ry, rz, re1 for Hangprinter) * fr_mm_s - (target) speed of the move (mm/s) * extruder - target extruder * millimeters - the length of the movement, if known */ - FORCE_INLINE static bool buffer_line(ARG_X, ARG_Y, ARG_Z, const float &e, const float &fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float millimeters = 0.0) { + FORCE_INLINE static bool buffer_line(ARG_X, ARG_Y, ARG_Z, + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + ARG_E1, + #endif + const float &e, const float &fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float millimeters = 0.0 + ) { #if PLANNER_LEVELING && IS_CARTESIAN apply_leveling(rx, ry, rz); #endif - return buffer_segment(rx, ry, rz, e, fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters); + return buffer_segment(rx, ry, rz, + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + re1, + #endif + e, fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters + ); } /** @@ -568,9 +624,16 @@ class Planner { #endif #if IS_KINEMATIC inverse_kinematics(raw); - return buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], cart[E_AXIS], fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters); + return buffer_segment( + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + line_lengths[A_AXIS], line_lengths[B_AXIS], line_lengths[C_AXIS], line_lengths[D_AXIS] + #else + delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS] + #endif + , cart[E_CART], fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters + ); #else - return buffer_segment(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], cart[E_AXIS], fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters); + return buffer_segment(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], cart[E_CART], fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters); #endif } @@ -583,11 +646,21 @@ class Planner { * * Clears previous speed values. */ - FORCE_INLINE static void set_position_mm(ARG_X, ARG_Y, ARG_Z, const float &e) { + FORCE_INLINE static void set_position_mm(ARG_X, ARG_Y, ARG_Z, + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + ARG_E1, + #endif + const float &e + ) { #if PLANNER_LEVELING && IS_CARTESIAN apply_leveling(rx, ry, rz); #endif - _set_position_mm(rx, ry, rz, e); + _set_position_mm(rx, ry, rz, + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + re1, + #endif + e + ); } static void set_position_mm_kinematic(const float (&cart)[XYZE]); static void set_position_mm(const AxisEnum axis, const float &v); diff --git a/Marlin/planner_bezier.cpp b/Marlin/planner_bezier.cpp index fdb4bab86..6edc02b56 100644 --- a/Marlin/planner_bezier.cpp +++ b/Marlin/planner_bezier.cpp @@ -105,17 +105,17 @@ inline static float dist1(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) { return ABS(x * the mitigation offered by MIN_STEP and the small computational * power available on Arduino, I think it is not wise to implement it. */ -void cubic_b_spline(const float position[NUM_AXIS], const float target[NUM_AXIS], const float offset[4], float fr_mm_s, uint8_t extruder) { +void cubic_b_spline(const float pos[XYZE], const float cart_target[XYZE], const float offset[4], float fr_mm_s, uint8_t extruder) { // Absolute first and second control points are recovered. - const float first0 = position[X_AXIS] + offset[0], - first1 = position[Y_AXIS] + offset[1], - second0 = target[X_AXIS] + offset[2], - second1 = target[Y_AXIS] + offset[3]; + const float first0 = pos[X_AXIS] + offset[0], + first1 = pos[Y_AXIS] + offset[1], + second0 = cart_target[X_AXIS] + offset[2], + second1 = cart_target[Y_AXIS] + offset[3]; float t = 0; - float bez_target[4]; - bez_target[X_AXIS] = position[X_AXIS]; - bez_target[Y_AXIS] = position[Y_AXIS]; + float bez_target[XYZE]; + bez_target[X_AXIS] = pos[X_AXIS]; + bez_target[Y_AXIS] = pos[Y_AXIS]; float step = MAX_STEP; millis_t next_idle_ms = millis() + 200UL; @@ -134,13 +134,13 @@ void cubic_b_spline(const float position[NUM_AXIS], const float target[NUM_AXIS] bool did_reduce = false; float new_t = t + step; NOMORE(new_t, 1); - float new_pos0 = eval_bezier(position[X_AXIS], first0, second0, target[X_AXIS], new_t), - new_pos1 = eval_bezier(position[Y_AXIS], first1, second1, target[Y_AXIS], new_t); + float new_pos0 = eval_bezier(pos[X_AXIS], first0, second0, cart_target[X_AXIS], new_t), + new_pos1 = eval_bezier(pos[Y_AXIS], first1, second1, cart_target[Y_AXIS], new_t); for (;;) { if (new_t - t < (MIN_STEP)) break; const float candidate_t = 0.5f * (t + new_t), - candidate_pos0 = eval_bezier(position[X_AXIS], first0, second0, target[X_AXIS], candidate_t), - candidate_pos1 = eval_bezier(position[Y_AXIS], first1, second1, target[Y_AXIS], candidate_t), + candidate_pos0 = eval_bezier(pos[X_AXIS], first0, second0, cart_target[X_AXIS], candidate_t), + candidate_pos1 = eval_bezier(pos[Y_AXIS], first1, second1, cart_target[Y_AXIS], candidate_t), interp_pos0 = 0.5f * (bez_target[X_AXIS] + new_pos0), interp_pos1 = 0.5f * (bez_target[Y_AXIS] + new_pos1); if (dist1(candidate_pos0, candidate_pos1, interp_pos0, interp_pos1) <= (SIGMA)) break; @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ void cubic_b_spline(const float position[NUM_AXIS], const float target[NUM_AXIS] if (new_t - t > MAX_STEP) break; const float candidate_t = t + 2 * (new_t - t); if (candidate_t >= 1) break; - const float candidate_pos0 = eval_bezier(position[X_AXIS], first0, second0, target[X_AXIS], candidate_t), - candidate_pos1 = eval_bezier(position[Y_AXIS], first1, second1, target[Y_AXIS], candidate_t), + const float candidate_pos0 = eval_bezier(pos[X_AXIS], first0, second0, cart_target[X_AXIS], candidate_t), + candidate_pos1 = eval_bezier(pos[Y_AXIS], first1, second1, cart_target[Y_AXIS], candidate_t), interp_pos0 = 0.5f * (bez_target[X_AXIS] + candidate_pos0), interp_pos1 = 0.5f * (bez_target[Y_AXIS] + candidate_pos1); if (dist1(new_pos0, new_pos1, interp_pos0, interp_pos1) > (SIGMA)) break; @@ -184,14 +184,14 @@ void cubic_b_spline(const float position[NUM_AXIS], const float target[NUM_AXIS] bez_target[Y_AXIS] = new_pos1; // FIXME. The following two are wrong, since the parameter t is // not linear in the distance. - bez_target[Z_AXIS] = interp(position[Z_AXIS], target[Z_AXIS], t); - bez_target[E_AXIS] = interp(position[E_AXIS], target[E_AXIS], t); + bez_target[Z_AXIS] = interp(pos[Z_AXIS], cart_target[Z_AXIS], t); + bez_target[E_CART] = interp(pos[E_CART], cart_target[E_CART], t); clamp_to_software_endstops(bez_target); #if HAS_UBL_AND_CURVES - float pos[XYZ] = { bez_target[X_AXIS], bez_target[Y_AXIS], bez_target[Z_AXIS] }; - planner.apply_leveling(pos); - if (!planner.buffer_segment(pos[X_AXIS], pos[Y_AXIS], pos[Z_AXIS], bez_target[E_AXIS], fr_mm_s, active_extruder)) + float bez_copy[XYZ] = { bez_target[X_AXIS], bez_target[Y_AXIS], bez_target[Z_AXIS] }; + planner.apply_leveling(bez_copy); + if (!planner.buffer_segment(bez_copy[X_AXIS], bez_copy[Y_AXIS], bez_copy[Z_AXIS], bez_target[E_CART], fr_mm_s, active_extruder)) break; #else if (!planner.buffer_line_kinematic(bez_target, fr_mm_s, extruder)) diff --git a/Marlin/power.cpp b/Marlin/power.cpp index df0579153..2f4708b07 100644 --- a/Marlin/power.cpp +++ b/Marlin/power.cpp @@ -49,27 +49,39 @@ bool Power::is_power_needed() { if (controllerFanSpeed > 0) return true; #endif + // If any of the drivers or the bed are enabled... if (X_ENABLE_READ == X_ENABLE_ON || Y_ENABLE_READ == Y_ENABLE_ON || Z_ENABLE_READ == Z_ENABLE_ON - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - || thermalManager.soft_pwm_amount_bed > 0 + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + || thermalManager.soft_pwm_amount_bed > 0 + #endif + #if HAS_X2_ENABLE + || X2_ENABLE_READ == X_ENABLE_ON #endif - || E0_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON // If any of the drivers are enabled... + #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE + || Y2_ENABLE_READ == Y_ENABLE_ON + #endif + #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE + || Z2_ENABLE_READ == Z_ENABLE_ON + #endif + || E0_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON #if E_STEPPERS > 1 || E1_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON - #if HAS_X2_ENABLE - || X2_ENABLE_READ == X_ENABLE_ON - #endif #if E_STEPPERS > 2 || E2_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON #if E_STEPPERS > 3 || E3_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON + #if E_STEPPERS > 4 + || E4_ENABLE_READ == E_ENABLE_ON + #endif #endif #endif #endif ) return true; HOTEND_LOOP() if (thermalManager.degTargetHotend(e) > 0) return true; - if (thermalManager.degTargetBed() > 0) return true; + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + if (thermalManager.degTargetBed() > 0) return true; + #endif return false; } diff --git a/Marlin/power_loss_recovery.cpp b/Marlin/power_loss_recovery.cpp index 19acc6e01..fef41f3a4 100644 --- a/Marlin/power_loss_recovery.cpp +++ b/Marlin/power_loss_recovery.cpp @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void check_print_job_recovery() { #endif dtostrf(job_recovery_info.current_position[Z_AXIS] + 2, 1, 3, str_1); - dtostrf(job_recovery_info.current_position[E_AXIS] + dtostrf(job_recovery_info.current_position[E_CART] #if ENABLED(SAVE_EACH_CMD_MODE) - 5 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h b/Marlin/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h index 17cb44a66..8bf1b4176 100644 --- a/Marlin/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h +++ b/Marlin/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h @@ -876,24 +876,32 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::update_status_or_position(bool forceUpdate) { } void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::update_progress(const bool forceUpdate) { - #if DISABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) - uint8_t progress_bar_percent; - #endif + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) || ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Set current percentage from SD when actively printing - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - if (IS_SD_PRINTING) progress_bar_percent = card.percentDone(); - #endif + #if DISABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + uint8_t progress_bar_percent; //=0 + #endif - // Since the progress bar involves writing - // quite a few bytes to GDRAM, only do this - // when an update is actually necessary. + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Progress bar % comes from SD when actively printing + if (IS_SD_PRINTING) progress_bar_percent = card.percentDone(); + #endif - static uint8_t last_progress = 0; - if (!forceUpdate && last_progress == progress_bar_percent) return; - last_progress = progress_bar_percent; + // Since the progress bar involves writing + // quite a few bytes to GDRAM, only do this + // when an update is actually necessary. - draw_progress_bar(progress_bar_percent); + static uint8_t last_progress = 0; + if (!forceUpdate && last_progress == progress_bar_percent) return; + last_progress = progress_bar_percent; + + draw_progress_bar(progress_bar_percent); + + #else + + UNUSED(forceUpdate); + + #endif // LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY || SDSUPPORT } void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::update(const bool forceUpdate) { diff --git a/Marlin/stepper.cpp b/Marlin/stepper.cpp index 8c965c45d..dd70c8b0d 100644 --- a/Marlin/stepper.cpp +++ b/Marlin/stepper.cpp @@ -135,9 +135,8 @@ uint8_t Stepper::steps_per_isr; #endif uint8_t Stepper::oversampling_factor; -int32_t Stepper::delta_error[XYZE] = { 0 }; - -uint32_t Stepper::advance_dividend[XYZE] = { 0 }, +int32_t Stepper::delta_error[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 }; +uint32_t Stepper::advance_dividend[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 }, Stepper::advance_divisor = 0, Stepper::step_events_completed = 0, // The number of step events executed in the current block Stepper::accelerate_until, // The point from where we need to stop acceleration @@ -180,14 +179,19 @@ uint32_t Stepper::nextMainISR = 0; #endif // LIN_ADVANCE int32_t Stepper::ticks_nominal = -1; + #if DISABLED(S_CURVE_ACCELERATION) uint32_t Stepper::acc_step_rate; // needed for deceleration start point #endif -volatile int32_t Stepper::endstops_trigsteps[XYZ]; - -volatile int32_t Stepper::count_position[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 }; -int8_t Stepper::count_direction[NUM_AXIS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; +volatile int32_t Stepper::endstops_trigsteps[XYZ], + Stepper::count_position[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 }; +int8_t Stepper::count_direction[NUM_AXIS] = { + 1, 1, 1, 1 + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + , 1 + #endif +}; #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #define DUAL_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(A,V) \ @@ -260,6 +264,28 @@ int8_t Stepper::count_direction[NUM_AXIS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) Z_STEP_WRITE(v) #endif +/** + * Hangprinter's mapping {A,B,C,D} <-> {X,Y,Z,E1} happens here. + * If you have two extruders: {A,B,C,D} <-> {X,Y,Z,E2} + * ... etc up to max 4 extruders. + * Place D connector on your first "free" extruder output. + */ +#if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #define A_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) X_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) + #define A_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) X_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) + + #define B_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) Y_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) + #define B_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) Y_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) + + #define C_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) Z_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) + #define C_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) + + #define __D_APPLY(I,T,v) E##I##_##T##_WRITE(v) + #define _D_APPLY(I,T,v) __D_APPLY(I,T,v) + #define D_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) _D_APPLY(EXTRUDERS, DIR, v) + #define D_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) _D_APPLY(EXTRUDERS, STEP, v) +#endif + #if DISABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) #define E_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) E_STEP_WRITE(active_extruder, v) #endif @@ -357,6 +383,9 @@ void Stepper::set_directions() { #if HAS_Z_DIR SET_STEP_DIR(Z); // C #endif + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + SET_STEP_DIR(D); + #endif #if DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1251,6 +1280,12 @@ void Stepper::isr() { * call to this method that might cause variation in the timing. The aim * is to keep pulse timing as regular as possible. */ +#if ENABLED(UNREGISTERED_MOVE_SUPPORT) + #define COUNT_IT current_block->count_it +#else + #define COUNT_IT true +#endif + void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { // If we must abort the current block, do so! @@ -1289,7 +1324,7 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] += advance_dividend[_AXIS(AXIS)]; \ if (delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] >= 0) { \ _APPLY_STEP(AXIS)(!_INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), 0); \ - count_position[_AXIS(AXIS)] += count_direction[_AXIS(AXIS)]; \ + if (COUNT_IT) count_position[_AXIS(AXIS)] += count_direction[_AXIS(AXIS)]; \ } \ }while(0) @@ -1302,22 +1337,37 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { }while(0) // Pulse start - #if HAS_X_STEP - PULSE_START(X); - #endif - #if HAS_Y_STEP - PULSE_START(Y); - #endif - #if HAS_Z_STEP - PULSE_START(Z); - #endif + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #if HAS_A_STEP + PULSE_START(A); + #endif + #if HAS_B_STEP + PULSE_START(B); + #endif + #if HAS_C_STEP + PULSE_START(C); + #endif + #if HAS_D_STEP + PULSE_START(D); + #endif + #else + #if HAS_X_STEP + PULSE_START(X); + #endif + #if HAS_Y_STEP + PULSE_START(Y); + #endif + #if HAS_Z_STEP + PULSE_START(Z); + #endif + #endif // HANGPRINTER // Pulse E/Mixing extruders #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) // Tick the E axis, correct error term and update position delta_error[E_AXIS] += advance_dividend[E_AXIS]; if (delta_error[E_AXIS] >= 0) { - count_position[E_AXIS] += count_direction[E_AXIS]; + if (COUNT_IT) count_position[E_AXIS] += count_direction[E_AXIS]; delta_error[E_AXIS] -= advance_divisor; // Don't step E here - But remember the number of steps to perform @@ -1329,7 +1379,7 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { // Tick the E axis delta_error[E_AXIS] += advance_dividend[E_AXIS]; if (delta_error[E_AXIS] >= 0) { - count_position[E_AXIS] += count_direction[E_AXIS]; + if (COUNT_IT) count_position[E_AXIS] += count_direction[E_AXIS]; delta_error[E_AXIS] -= advance_divisor; } @@ -1354,15 +1404,29 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { // Add the delay needed to ensure the maximum driver rate is enforced if (signed(added_step_ticks) > 0) pulse_end += hal_timer_t(added_step_ticks); - // Pulse stop - #if HAS_X_STEP - PULSE_STOP(X); - #endif - #if HAS_Y_STEP - PULSE_STOP(Y); - #endif - #if HAS_Z_STEP - PULSE_STOP(Z); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + #if HAS_A_STEP + PULSE_STOP(A); + #endif + #if HAS_B_STEP + PULSE_STOP(B); + #endif + #if HAS_C_STEP + PULSE_STOP(C); + #endif + #if HAS_D_STEP + PULSE_STOP(D); + #endif + #else + #if HAS_X_STEP + PULSE_STOP(X); + #endif + #if HAS_Y_STEP + PULSE_STOP(Y); + #endif + #if HAS_Z_STEP + PULSE_STOP(Z); + #endif #endif #if DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) @@ -1437,16 +1501,10 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) if (LA_use_advance_lead) { - // Wake up eISR on first acceleration loop and fire ISR if final adv_rate is reached - if (step_events_completed == steps_per_isr || (LA_steps && LA_isr_rate != current_block->advance_speed)) { - nextAdvanceISR = 0; - LA_isr_rate = current_block->advance_speed; - } - } - else { - LA_isr_rate = LA_ADV_NEVER; - if (LA_steps) nextAdvanceISR = 0; + // Fire ISR if final adv_rate is reached + if (LA_steps && LA_isr_rate != current_block->advance_speed) nextAdvanceISR = 0; } + else if (LA_steps) nextAdvanceISR = 0; #endif // LIN_ADVANCE } // Are we in Deceleration phase ? @@ -1488,17 +1546,13 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) if (LA_use_advance_lead) { - if (step_events_completed <= decelerate_after + steps_per_isr || - (LA_steps && LA_isr_rate != current_block->advance_speed) - ) { - nextAdvanceISR = 0; // Wake up eISR on first deceleration loop + // Wake up eISR on first deceleration loop and fire ISR if final adv_rate is reached + if (step_events_completed <= decelerate_after + steps_per_isr || (LA_steps && LA_isr_rate != current_block->advance_speed)) { + nextAdvanceISR = 0; LA_isr_rate = current_block->advance_speed; } } - else { - LA_isr_rate = LA_ADV_NEVER; - if (LA_steps) nextAdvanceISR = 0; - } + else if (LA_steps) nextAdvanceISR = 0; #endif // LIN_ADVANCE } // We must be in cruise phase otherwise @@ -1531,8 +1585,11 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // Sync block? Sync the stepper counts and return while (TEST(current_block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION)) { _set_position( - current_block->position[A_AXIS], current_block->position[B_AXIS], - current_block->position[C_AXIS], current_block->position[E_AXIS] + current_block->position[A_AXIS], current_block->position[B_AXIS], current_block->position[C_AXIS], + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + current_block->position[D_AXIS], + #endif + current_block->position[E_AXIS] ); planner.discard_current_block(); @@ -1678,7 +1735,11 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { if ((LA_use_advance_lead = current_block->use_advance_lead)) { LA_final_adv_steps = current_block->final_adv_steps; LA_max_adv_steps = current_block->max_adv_steps; + //Start the ISR + nextAdvanceISR = 0; + LA_isr_rate = current_block->advance_speed; } + else LA_isr_rate = LA_ADV_NEVER; #endif if (current_block->direction_bits != last_direction_bits @@ -2015,7 +2076,12 @@ void Stepper::init() { * This allows get_axis_position_mm to correctly * derive the current XYZ position later on. */ -void Stepper::_set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c, const int32_t &e) { +void Stepper::_set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c, + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + const int32_t &d, + #endif + const int32_t &e +) { #if CORE_IS_XY // corexy positioning // these equations follow the form of the dA and dB equations on http://www.corexy.com/theory.html @@ -2037,6 +2103,9 @@ void Stepper::_set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c count_position[X_AXIS] = a; count_position[Y_AXIS] = b; count_position[Z_AXIS] = c; + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + count_position[D_AXIS] = d; + #endif #endif count_position[E_AXIS] = e; } @@ -2103,31 +2172,38 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { const int32_t xpos = count_position[X_AXIS], ypos = count_position[Y_AXIS], + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + dpos = count_position[D_AXIS], + #endif zpos = count_position[Z_AXIS]; if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); - #if CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ || IS_DELTA || IS_SCARA + #if CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ || IS_DELTA || IS_SCARA || ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(MSG_COUNT_A); #else SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(MSG_COUNT_X); #endif SERIAL_PROTOCOL(xpos); - #if CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_YZ || IS_DELTA || IS_SCARA + #if CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_YZ || IS_DELTA || IS_SCARA || ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" B:"); #else SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" Y:"); #endif SERIAL_PROTOCOL(ypos); - #if CORE_IS_XZ || CORE_IS_YZ || IS_DELTA + #if CORE_IS_XZ || CORE_IS_YZ || IS_DELTA || ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" C:"); #else SERIAL_PROTOCOLPGM(" Z:"); #endif SERIAL_PROTOCOL(zpos); + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + SERIAL_PROTOCOLPAIR(" D:", dpos); + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -2171,7 +2247,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { const uint8_t old_dir = _READ_DIR(AXIS); \ _ENABLE(AXIS); \ _APPLY_DIR(AXIS, _INVERT_DIR(AXIS)^DIR^INVERT); \ - DELAY_NS(400); /* DRV8825 */ \ + DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY); \ _SAVE_START; \ _APPLY_STEP(AXIS)(!_INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), true); \ _PULSE_WAIT; \ @@ -2243,7 +2319,9 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { Y_DIR_WRITE(INVERT_Y_DIR ^ z_direction); Z_DIR_WRITE(INVERT_Z_DIR ^ z_direction); - DELAY_NS(400); // DRV8825 + #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY > 0 + DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY); + #endif _SAVE_START; diff --git a/Marlin/stepper.h b/Marlin/stepper.h index 2ac9c7756..786a376e9 100644 --- a/Marlin/stepper.h +++ b/Marlin/stepper.h @@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ class Stepper { #endif // Delta error variables for the Bresenham line tracer - static int32_t delta_error[XYZE]; - static uint32_t advance_dividend[XYZE], + static int32_t delta_error[NUM_AXIS]; + static uint32_t advance_dividend[NUM_AXIS], advance_divisor, step_events_completed, // The number of step events executed in the current block accelerate_until, // The point from where we need to stop acceleration @@ -425,11 +425,21 @@ class Stepper { #endif // Set the current position in steps - inline static void set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c, const int32_t &e) { + inline static void set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + , const int32_t &d + #endif + , const int32_t &e + ) { planner.synchronize(); const bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); - _set_position(a, b, c, e); + _set_position(a, b, c + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + , d + #endif + , e + ); if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); } @@ -447,11 +457,19 @@ class Stepper { private: // Set the current position in steps - static void _set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c, const int32_t &e); + static void _set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c + #if ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) + , const int32_t &d + #endif + , const int32_t &e + ); // Set direction bits for all steppers static void set_directions(); + // Allow reset_stepper_drivers to access private set_directions + friend void reset_stepper_drivers(); + FORCE_INLINE static uint32_t calc_timer_interval(uint32_t step_rate, uint8_t scale, uint8_t* loops) { uint32_t timer; diff --git a/Marlin/stepper_indirection.cpp b/Marlin/stepper_indirection.cpp index a45146b28..cde4c31a2 100644 --- a/Marlin/stepper_indirection.cpp +++ b/Marlin/stepper_indirection.cpp @@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ #include "MarlinConfig.h" +#include "stepper.h" + // // TMC26X Driver objects and inits // @@ -288,8 +290,7 @@ #endif #define _TMC2208_DEFINE_HARDWARE(ST) TMC2208Stepper stepper##ST(&ST##_HARDWARE_SERIAL) - #define _TMC2208_DEFINE_SOFTWARE(ST) SoftwareSerial ST##_HARDWARE_SERIAL = SoftwareSerial(ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN, ST##_SERIAL_TX_PIN); \ - TMC2208Stepper stepper##ST(&ST##_HARDWARE_SERIAL, ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN > -1) + #define _TMC2208_DEFINE_SOFTWARE(ST) TMC2208Stepper stepper##ST(ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN, ST##_SERIAL_TX_PIN, ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN > -1) // Stepper objects of TMC2208 steppers used #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X, TMC2208) @@ -372,37 +373,81 @@ void tmc2208_serial_begin() { #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X, TMC2208) - X_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #ifdef X_HARDWARE_SERIAL + X_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #else + stepperX.beginSerial(115200); + #endif #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X2, TMC2208) - X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #ifdef X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL + X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #else + stepperX2.beginSerial(115200); + #endif #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y, TMC2208) - Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #ifdef Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL + Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #else + stepperY.beginSerial(115200); + #endif #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y2, TMC2208) - Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #ifdef Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL + Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #else + stepperY2.beginSerial(115200); + #endif #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z, TMC2208) - Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #ifdef Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL + Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #else + stepperZ.beginSerial(115200); + #endif #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z2, TMC2208) - Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #ifdef Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL + Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #else + stepperZ2.beginSerial(115200); + #endif #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E0, TMC2208) - E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #ifdef E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL + E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #else + stepperE0.beginSerial(115200); + #endif #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E1, TMC2208) - E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #ifdef E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL + E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #else + stepperE1.beginSerial(115200); + #endif #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E2, TMC2208) - E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #ifdef E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL + E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #else + stepperE2.beginSerial(115200); + #endif #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E3, TMC2208) - E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #ifdef E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL + E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #else + stepperE3.beginSerial(115200); + #endif #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E4, TMC2208) - E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #ifdef E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL + E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + #else + stepperE4.beginSerial(115200); + #endif #endif } @@ -535,6 +580,7 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers() { #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) L6470_init_to_defaults(); #endif + stepper.set_directions(); } // diff --git a/Marlin/temperature.cpp b/Marlin/temperature.cpp index 1e765a242..665e5b5ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/temperature.cpp @@ -1743,6 +1743,10 @@ void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { } #endif // PINS_DEBUGGING +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + uint32_t raw_filwidth_value; // = 0 +#endif + void Temperature::readings_ready() { // Update the raw values if they've been read. Else we could be updating them during reading. if (!temp_meas_ready) set_current_temp_raw(); @@ -1786,14 +1790,12 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() { for (uint8_t e = 0; e < COUNT(temp_dir); e++) { const int16_t tdir = temp_dir[e], rawtemp = current_temperature_raw[e] * tdir; - const bool heater_on = 0 < + const bool heater_on = (target_temperature[e] > 0) #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - soft_pwm_amount[e] - #else - target_temperature[e] + || (soft_pwm_amount[e] > 0) #endif ; - if (rawtemp > maxttemp_raw[e] * tdir && heater_on) max_temp_error(e); + if (rawtemp > maxttemp_raw[e] * tdir) max_temp_error(e); if (rawtemp < minttemp_raw[e] * tdir && !is_preheating(e) && heater_on) { #ifdef MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED if (++consecutive_low_temperature_error[e] >= MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED) @@ -1812,20 +1814,18 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() { #else #define GEBED >= #endif - const bool bed_on = 0 < + const bool bed_on = (target_temperature_bed > 0) #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - soft_pwm_amount_bed - #else - target_temperature_bed + || (soft_pwm_amount_bed > 0) #endif ; - if (current_temperature_bed_raw GEBED bed_maxttemp_raw && bed_on) max_temp_error(-1); + if (current_temperature_bed_raw GEBED bed_maxttemp_raw) max_temp_error(-1); if (bed_minttemp_raw GEBED current_temperature_bed_raw && bed_on) min_temp_error(-1); #endif } /** - * Timer 0 is shared with millies so don't change the prescaler. + * Timer 0 is shared with millis so don't change the prescaler. * * This ISR uses the compare method so it runs at the base * frequency (16 MHz / 64 / 256 = 976.5625 Hz), but at the TCNT0 set @@ -1887,10 +1887,6 @@ void Temperature::isr() { ISR_STATICS(BED); #endif - #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - static unsigned long raw_filwidth_value = 0; - #endif - #if DISABLED(SLOW_PWM_HEATERS) constexpr uint8_t pwm_mask = #if ENABLED(SOFT_PWM_DITHER) @@ -2245,8 +2241,8 @@ void Temperature::isr() { if (!HAL_ADC_READY()) next_sensor_state = adc_sensor_state; // redo this state else if (HAL_READ_ADC() > 102) { // Make sure ADC is reading > 0.5 volts, otherwise don't read. - raw_filwidth_value -= (raw_filwidth_value >> 7); // Subtract 1/128th of the raw_filwidth_value - raw_filwidth_value += ((unsigned long)HAL_READ_ADC() << 7); // Add new ADC reading, scaled by 128 + raw_filwidth_value -= raw_filwidth_value >> 7; // Subtract 1/128th of the raw_filwidth_value + raw_filwidth_value += uint32_t(HAL_READ_ADC()) << 7; // Add new ADC reading, scaled by 128 } break; #endif diff --git a/Marlin/thermistortable_501.h b/Marlin/thermistortable_501.h index 512ac0d8d..ac40d119b 100644 --- a/Marlin/thermistortable_501.h +++ b/Marlin/thermistortable_501.h @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ const short temptable_501[][2] PROGMEM = { {OV( 19), 280}, {OV( 23), 270}, {OV( 27), 260}, - {OV( 32), 250}, - {OV( 30), 240}, + {OV( 31), 250}, + {OV( 37), 240}, {OV( 47), 230}, {OV( 57), 220}, {OV( 68), 210}, diff --git a/Marlin/thermistortable_71.h b/Marlin/thermistortable_71.h index c7b8a64e3..f28a4ceab 100644 --- a/Marlin/thermistortable_71.h +++ b/Marlin/thermistortable_71.h @@ -28,78 +28,26 @@ // R2 = 4700 Ohm const short temptable_71[][2] PROGMEM = { { OV( 35), 300 }, - { OV( 51), 270 }, - { OV( 54), 265 }, - { OV( 58), 260 }, + { OV( 51), 269 }, { OV( 59), 258 }, - { OV( 61), 256 }, - { OV( 63), 254 }, { OV( 64), 252 }, - { OV( 66), 250 }, - { OV( 67), 249 }, - { OV( 68), 248 }, - { OV( 69), 247 }, - { OV( 70), 246 }, - { OV( 71), 245 }, - { OV( 72), 244 }, - { OV( 73), 243 }, - { OV( 74), 242 }, - { OV( 75), 241 }, - { OV( 76), 240 }, - { OV( 77), 239 }, - { OV( 78), 238 }, - { OV( 79), 237 }, - { OV( 80), 236 }, + { OV( 71), 244 }, { OV( 81), 235 }, - { OV( 82), 234 }, - { OV( 84), 233 }, - { OV( 85), 232 }, - { OV( 86), 231 }, { OV( 87), 230 }, - { OV( 89), 229 }, - { OV( 90), 228 }, - { OV( 91), 227 }, { OV( 92), 226 }, - { OV( 94), 225 }, - { OV( 95), 224 }, - { OV( 97), 223 }, - { OV( 98), 222 }, - { OV( 99), 221 }, - { OV( 101), 220 }, { OV( 102), 219 }, - { OV( 104), 218 }, - { OV( 106), 217 }, - { OV( 107), 216 }, - { OV( 109), 215 }, { OV( 110), 214 }, - { OV( 112), 213 }, - { OV( 114), 212 }, { OV( 115), 211 }, - { OV( 117), 210 }, - { OV( 119), 209 }, - { OV( 121), 208 }, - { OV( 123), 207 }, - { OV( 125), 206 }, { OV( 126), 205 }, { OV( 128), 204 }, { OV( 130), 203 }, { OV( 132), 202 }, { OV( 134), 201 }, { OV( 136), 200 }, - { OV( 139), 199 }, - { OV( 141), 198 }, - { OV( 143), 197 }, - { OV( 145), 196 }, { OV( 147), 195 }, - { OV( 150), 194 }, - { OV( 152), 193 }, { OV( 154), 192 }, - { OV( 157), 191 }, { OV( 159), 190 }, - { OV( 162), 189 }, { OV( 164), 188 }, - { OV( 167), 187 }, - { OV( 170), 186 }, { OV( 172), 185 }, { OV( 175), 184 }, { OV( 178), 183 }, @@ -113,9 +61,7 @@ const short temptable_71[][2] PROGMEM = { { OV( 202), 175 }, { OV( 205), 174 }, { OV( 208), 173 }, - { OV( 212), 172 }, { OV( 215), 171 }, - { OV( 219), 170 }, { OV( 237), 165 }, { OV( 256), 160 }, { OV( 300), 150 }, @@ -123,46 +69,22 @@ const short temptable_71[][2] PROGMEM = { { OV( 470), 120 }, { OV( 504), 115 }, { OV( 538), 110 }, - { OV( 552), 108 }, - { OV( 566), 106 }, - { OV( 580), 104 }, - { OV( 594), 102 }, - { OV( 608), 100 }, - { OV( 622), 98 }, - { OV( 636), 96 }, - { OV( 650), 94 }, - { OV( 664), 92 }, - { OV( 678), 90 }, - { OV( 712), 85 }, { OV( 745), 80 }, - { OV( 758), 78 }, { OV( 770), 76 }, - { OV( 783), 74 }, - { OV( 795), 72 }, { OV( 806), 70 }, - { OV( 818), 68 }, { OV( 829), 66 }, - { OV( 840), 64 }, - { OV( 850), 62 }, { OV( 860), 60 }, - { OV( 870), 58 }, { OV( 879), 56 }, { OV( 888), 54 }, - { OV( 897), 52 }, { OV( 905), 50 }, { OV( 924), 45 }, { OV( 940), 40 }, { OV( 955), 35 }, - { OV( 967), 30 }, - { OV( 970), 29 }, { OV( 972), 28 }, { OV( 974), 27 }, { OV( 976), 26 }, { OV( 978), 25 }, { OV( 980), 24 }, - { OV( 982), 23 }, - { OV( 984), 22 }, - { OV( 985), 21 }, { OV( 987), 20 }, { OV( 995), 15 }, { OV(1001), 10 }, diff --git a/Marlin/twibus.cpp b/Marlin/twibus.cpp index 777d151e4..5156c8979 100644 --- a/Marlin/twibus.cpp +++ b/Marlin/twibus.cpp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ void TWIBus::address(const uint8_t adr) { #endif } -void TWIBus::addbyte(const char c) { +void TWIBus::addbyte(const byte c) { if (this->buffer_s >= COUNT(this->buffer)) return; this->buffer[this->buffer_s++] = c; #if ENABLED(DEBUG_TWIBUS) @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ void TWIBus::addbyte(const char c) { #endif } -void TWIBus::addbytes(char src[], uint8_t bytes) { +void TWIBus::addbytes(byte src[], uint8_t bytes) { #if ENABLED(DEBUG_TWIBUS) debug(PSTR("addbytes"), bytes); #endif @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ void TWIBus::relay(const uint8_t bytes) { echodata(bytes, PSTR("i2c-reply"), this->addr); } -uint8_t TWIBus::capture(char *dst, const uint8_t bytes) { +uint8_t TWIBus::capture(byte *dst, const uint8_t bytes) { this->reset(); uint8_t count = 0; while (count < bytes && Wire.available()) diff --git a/Marlin/twibus.h b/Marlin/twibus.h index 03763972a..8759c40db 100644 --- a/Marlin/twibus.h +++ b/Marlin/twibus.h @@ -33,6 +33,13 @@ typedef void (*twiReceiveFunc_t)(int bytes); typedef void (*twiRequestFunc_t)(); +#if ENABLED(MECHADUINO_I2C_COMMANDS) + typedef union { + float fval; + byte bval[sizeof(float)]; + } i2cFloat; +#endif + #define TWIBUS_BUFFER_SIZE 32 /** @@ -99,7 +106,7 @@ class TWIBus { * * @param c a data byte */ - void addbyte(const char c); + void addbyte(const byte c); /** * @brief Add some bytes to the buffer @@ -109,7 +116,7 @@ class TWIBus { * @param src source data address * @param bytes the number of bytes to add */ - void addbytes(char src[], uint8_t bytes); + void addbytes(byte src[], uint8_t bytes); /** * @brief Add a null-terminated string to the buffer @@ -172,7 +179,7 @@ class TWIBus { * @param bytes the number of bytes to request * @return the number of bytes captured to the buffer */ - uint8_t capture(char *dst, const uint8_t bytes); + uint8_t capture(byte *dst, const uint8_t bytes); /** * @brief Flush the i2c bus. diff --git a/Marlin/ubl.cpp b/Marlin/ubl.cpp index df9c212bb..26485c5d0 100644 --- a/Marlin/ubl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/ubl.cpp @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ // ignore the status of the g26_debug_flag if (*title != '!' && !g26_debug_flag) return; - const float de = destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]; + const float de = destination[E_CART] - current_position[E_CART]; if (de == 0.0) return; // Printing moves only @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", "); SERIAL_ECHO_F(current_position[Z_AXIS], 6); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", "); - SERIAL_ECHO_F(current_position[E_AXIS], 6); + SERIAL_ECHO_F(current_position[E_CART], 6); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ) destination=( "); debug_echo_axis(X_AXIS); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(", "); diff --git a/Marlin/ubl_G29.cpp b/Marlin/ubl_G29.cpp index 2345da715..c401fa696 100644 --- a/Marlin/ubl_G29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/ubl_G29.cpp @@ -1559,12 +1559,12 @@ incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, PROBE_PT_3_X, PROBE_PT_3_Y, measured_z); } } - + STOW_PROBE(); #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING move_z_after_probing(); #endif - + if (abort_flag) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("?Error probing point. Aborting operation.\n"); return; @@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING move_z_after_probing(); #endif - + if (abort_flag || finish_incremental_LSF(&lsf_results)) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Could not complete LSF!"); return; diff --git a/Marlin/ubl_motion.cpp b/Marlin/ubl_motion.cpp index 5272e2079..0751c9572 100644 --- a/Marlin/ubl_motion.cpp +++ b/Marlin/ubl_motion.cpp @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ */ #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) // For skew correction just adjust the destination point and we're done - float start[XYZE] = { current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS] }, - end[XYZE] = { destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], destination[E_AXIS] }; + float start[XYZE] = { current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_CART] }, + end[XYZE] = { destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], destination[E_CART] }; planner.skew(start[X_AXIS], start[Y_AXIS], start[Z_AXIS]); planner.skew(end[X_AXIS], end[Y_AXIS], end[Z_AXIS]); #else @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" ubl.line_to_destination_cartesian(xe=", destination[X_AXIS]); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ye=", destination[Y_AXIS]); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ze=", destination[Z_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ee=", destination[E_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ee=", destination[E_CART]); SERIAL_CHAR(')'); SERIAL_EOL(); debug_current_and_destination(PSTR("Start of ubl.line_to_destination_cartesian()")); @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ + UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH #endif ; - planner.buffer_segment(end[X_AXIS], end[Y_AXIS], end[Z_AXIS] + z_raise, end[E_AXIS], feed_rate, extruder); + planner.buffer_segment(end[X_AXIS], end[Y_AXIS], end[Z_AXIS] + z_raise, end[E_CART], feed_rate, extruder); set_current_from_destination(); if (g26_debug_flag) @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ // Undefined parts of the Mesh in z_values[][] are NAN. // Replace NAN corrections with 0.0 to prevent NAN propagation. - planner.buffer_segment(end[X_AXIS], end[Y_AXIS], end[Z_AXIS] + (isnan(z0) ? 0.0 : z0), end[E_AXIS], feed_rate, extruder); + planner.buffer_segment(end[X_AXIS], end[Y_AXIS], end[Z_AXIS] + (isnan(z0) ? 0.0 : z0), end[E_CART], feed_rate, extruder); if (g26_debug_flag) debug_current_and_destination(PSTR("FINAL_MOVE in ubl.line_to_destination_cartesian()")); @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ const bool use_x_dist = adx > ady; float on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? dx : dy, - e_position = end[E_AXIS] - start[E_AXIS], + e_position = end[E_CART] - start[E_CART], z_position = end[Z_AXIS] - start[Z_AXIS]; const float e_normalized_dist = e_position / on_axis_distance, @@ -198,11 +198,11 @@ if (ry != start[Y_AXIS]) { if (!inf_normalized_flag) { on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? rx - start[X_AXIS] : ry - start[Y_AXIS]; - e_position = start[E_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; + e_position = start[E_CART] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; z_position = start[Z_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; } else { - e_position = end[E_AXIS]; + e_position = end[E_CART]; z_position = end[Z_AXIS]; } @@ -249,11 +249,11 @@ if (rx != start[X_AXIS]) { if (!inf_normalized_flag) { on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? rx - start[X_AXIS] : ry - start[Y_AXIS]; - e_position = start[E_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; // is based on X or Y because this is a horizontal move + e_position = start[E_CART] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; // is based on X or Y because this is a horizontal move z_position = start[Z_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; } else { - e_position = end[E_AXIS]; + e_position = end[E_CART]; z_position = end[Z_AXIS]; } @@ -308,11 +308,11 @@ if (!inf_normalized_flag) { on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? rx - start[X_AXIS] : next_mesh_line_y - start[Y_AXIS]; - e_position = start[E_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; + e_position = start[E_CART] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; z_position = start[Z_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; } else { - e_position = end[E_AXIS]; + e_position = end[E_CART]; z_position = end[Z_AXIS]; } if (!planner.buffer_segment(rx, next_mesh_line_y, z_position + z0, e_position, feed_rate, extruder)) @@ -331,11 +331,11 @@ if (!inf_normalized_flag) { on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? next_mesh_line_x - start[X_AXIS] : ry - start[Y_AXIS]; - e_position = start[E_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; + e_position = start[E_CART] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; z_position = start[Z_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; } else { - e_position = end[E_AXIS]; + e_position = end[E_CART]; z_position = end[Z_AXIS]; } @@ -378,7 +378,12 @@ #if ENABLED(DELTA) // apply delta inverse_kinematics DELTA_IK(raw); - planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], in_raw[E_AXIS], fr, active_extruder); + planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], in_raw[E_CART], fr, active_extruder); + + #elif ENABLED(HANGPRINTER) // apply hangprinter inverse_kinematics + + HANGPRINTER_IK(raw); + planner.buffer_segment(line_lengths[A_AXIS], line_lengths[B_AXIS], line_lengths[C_AXIS], line_lengths[D_AXIS], in_raw[E_CART], fr, active_extruder); #elif IS_SCARA // apply scara inverse_kinematics (should be changed to save raw->logical->raw) @@ -391,11 +396,11 @@ scara_oldB = delta[B_AXIS]; float s_feedrate = MAX(adiff, bdiff) * scara_feed_factor; - planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], in_raw[E_AXIS], s_feedrate, active_extruder); + planner.buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], in_raw[E_CART], s_feedrate, active_extruder); #else // CARTESIAN - planner.buffer_segment(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], in_raw[E_AXIS], fr, active_extruder); + planner.buffer_segment(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], in_raw[E_CART], fr, active_extruder); #endif } @@ -427,7 +432,7 @@ rtarget[X_AXIS] - current_position[X_AXIS], rtarget[Y_AXIS] - current_position[Y_AXIS], rtarget[Z_AXIS] - current_position[Z_AXIS], - rtarget[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS] + rtarget[E_CART] - current_position[E_CART] }; const float cartesian_xy_mm = HYPOT(total[X_AXIS], total[Y_AXIS]); // total horizontal xy distance @@ -454,7 +459,7 @@ total[X_AXIS] * inv_segments, total[Y_AXIS] * inv_segments, total[Z_AXIS] * inv_segments, - total[E_AXIS] * inv_segments + total[E_CART] * inv_segments }; // Note that E segment distance could vary slightly as z mesh height @@ -464,7 +469,7 @@ current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], - current_position[E_AXIS] + current_position[E_CART] }; // Only compute leveling per segment if ubl active and target below z_fade_height. diff --git a/Marlin/ultralcd.cpp b/Marlin/ultralcd.cpp index fe1c8168f..b0183f128 100644 --- a/Marlin/ultralcd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/ultralcd.cpp @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ void lcd_quick_feedback(const bool clear_buttons) { lcd_return_to_status(); // Turn leveling off and home - enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M420 S0\nG28" + enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M420 S0\nG28 R0" #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) " S" #elif !IS_KINEMATIC @@ -3079,7 +3079,7 @@ void lcd_quick_feedback(const bool clear_buttons) { #if IS_KINEMATIC manual_move_offset += diff; #else - current_position[E_AXIS] += diff; + current_position[E_CART] += diff; #endif manual_move_to_current(E_AXIS #if E_MANUAL > 1 @@ -3109,7 +3109,7 @@ void lcd_quick_feedback(const bool clear_buttons) { #endif // E_MANUAL > 2 } #endif // E_MANUAL > 1 - lcd_implementation_drawedit(pos_label, ftostr41sign(current_position[E_AXIS] + lcd_implementation_drawedit(pos_label, ftostr41sign(current_position[E_CART] #if IS_KINEMATIC + manual_move_offset #endif diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index e917fa747..c66aa3e39 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -3,9 +3,21 @@ Marlin is an optimized firmware for [RepRap 3D printers](http://reprap.org/) based on the [Arduino](https://www.arduino.cc/) platform. First created in 2011 for RepRap and Ultimaker printers, today Marlin drives a majority of the world's most popular 3D printers. Marlin delivers outstanding print quality with unprecedented control over the process. -[![Coverity Scan Build Status](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/2224/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/2224) -[![Travis Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin.svg)](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin) -[![Flattr Us!](http://api.flattr.com/button/flattr-badge-large.png)](https://flattr.com/submit/auto?user_id=ErikZalm&url=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin&title=Marlin&language=&tags=github&category=software) +Marlin 1.1 represents an evolutionary leap over Marlin 1.0.2. It is the result of over two years of effort by several volunteers around the world who have paid meticulous and sometimes obsessive attention to every detail. For this release we focused on code quality, performance, stability, and overall user experience. Several new features have also been added, many of which require no extra hardware. + +For complete Marlin documentation click over to the [Marlin Homepage ](http://marlinfw.org/), where you will find in-depth articles, how-to videos, and tutorials on every aspect of Marlin, as the site develops. For release notes, see the [Releases](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/releases) page. + +The 1.1.x branch is home to all tagged releases of Marlin 1.1 (final version 1.1.9 – August 2018). + +This branch will receive no further updates. All future development —including all bug fixes— will take place in the [`bugfix-2.0.x`](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/bugfix-2.0.x) branch, which will also serve as the root for all future Marlin development. Be sure to test [`bugfix-2.0.x`](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/bugfix-2.0.x) before reporting any bugs you find in 1.1.9. + +Marlin 1.1.9 is the final release of the 8-bit flat version of Marlin Firmware. A monumental amount of talent and effort has gone into its production, and thanks are due to many people around the world. Throughout Marlin 1.1 development we worked closely with the community, contributors, vendors, host developers, library developers, etc. to improve the quality, configurability, and compatibility of Marlin Firmware, all while continuing to support a wide variety of Arduino-based boards. + +## Marlin 1.0.x + +Previous releases of Marlin include [1.0.2-2](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/1.0.2-2) (December 2016) and [1.0.1](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/1.0.1) (December 2014). Any version of Marlin prior to 1.0.1 (when we started tagging versions) can be collectively referred to as Marlin 1.0.0. + +## Contributing to Marlin ## Marlin 1.1.x diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/at90USB1286.json b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/at90usb1286.json similarity index 92% rename from buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/at90USB1286.json rename to buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/at90usb1286.json index f8d82d123..3efedcbf4 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/at90USB1286.json +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/at90usb1286.json @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ "frameworks": [ "arduino" ], - "name": "at90USB1286.json", + "name": "at90usb1286.json", "upload": { "maximum_ram_size": 8192, "maximum_size": 122880,